cvs2svn managed to overlay two different path trees. fix.
This commit is contained in:
parent
c36d8046bb
commit
bcfb49bc17
@ -1,481 +0,0 @@
|
||||
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
|
||||
numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
|
||||
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
|
||||
|
||||
This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
|
||||
specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
|
||||
other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
|
||||
your libraries, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
|
||||
you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
|
||||
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
|
||||
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
|
||||
code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
|
||||
complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
|
||||
with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
|
||||
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
|
||||
the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
|
||||
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
|
||||
version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
|
||||
the original authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
|
||||
software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
|
||||
transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
|
||||
we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
|
||||
free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
|
||||
GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
|
||||
license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
|
||||
designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
|
||||
one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
|
||||
the same as in the ordinary license.
|
||||
|
||||
The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
|
||||
they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
|
||||
program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
|
||||
changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
|
||||
analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
|
||||
a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
|
||||
derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
|
||||
treats it as such.
|
||||
|
||||
Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
|
||||
Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
|
||||
sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
|
||||
concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
|
||||
|
||||
However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
|
||||
users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
|
||||
libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
|
||||
permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
|
||||
preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
|
||||
libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
|
||||
this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
|
||||
changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
|
||||
will lead to faster development of free libraries.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
|
||||
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
|
||||
former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
|
||||
works together with the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
|
||||
General Public License rather than by this special one.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
|
||||
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
|
||||
party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
|
||||
General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
|
||||
addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
|
||||
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
|
||||
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
|
||||
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
|
||||
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
|
||||
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
|
||||
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
|
||||
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
|
||||
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
|
||||
|
||||
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
|
||||
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
|
||||
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
|
||||
and installation of the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
|
||||
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
|
||||
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
|
||||
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
|
||||
and what the program that uses the Library does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
|
||||
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
|
||||
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
|
||||
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
|
||||
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
|
||||
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
|
||||
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
|
||||
fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
|
||||
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
|
||||
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
|
||||
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
|
||||
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
|
||||
in the event an application does not supply such function or
|
||||
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
|
||||
its purpose remains meaningful.
|
||||
|
||||
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
|
||||
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
|
||||
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
|
||||
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
|
||||
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
|
||||
root function must still compute square roots.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
|
||||
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
|
||||
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
|
||||
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
|
||||
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
|
||||
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
|
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
|
||||
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
|
||||
these notices.
|
||||
|
||||
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
|
||||
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
|
||||
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
|
||||
the Library into a program that is not a library.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
|
||||
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
|
||||
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
|
||||
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
|
||||
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
|
||||
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
|
||||
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
|
||||
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
|
||||
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
|
||||
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
|
||||
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
|
||||
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
|
||||
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
|
||||
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
|
||||
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
|
||||
|
||||
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
|
||||
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
|
||||
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
|
||||
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
|
||||
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
|
||||
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
|
||||
|
||||
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
|
||||
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
|
||||
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
|
||||
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
|
||||
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
|
||||
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
|
||||
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
|
||||
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
|
||||
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
|
||||
|
||||
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
|
||||
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
|
||||
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
|
||||
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
|
||||
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
|
||||
engineering for debugging such modifications.
|
||||
|
||||
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
|
||||
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
|
||||
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
|
||||
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
|
||||
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
|
||||
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
|
||||
of these things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
|
||||
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
|
||||
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
|
||||
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
|
||||
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
|
||||
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
|
||||
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
|
||||
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
|
||||
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
|
||||
to use the modified definitions.)
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
|
||||
least three years, to give the same user the materials
|
||||
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
|
||||
than the cost of performing this distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
|
||||
specified materials from the same place.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
|
||||
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
|
||||
|
||||
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
|
||||
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
|
||||
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
|
||||
the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
|
||||
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
|
||||
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
|
||||
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
|
||||
the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
|
||||
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
|
||||
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
|
||||
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
|
||||
distribute.
|
||||
|
||||
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
|
||||
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
|
||||
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
|
||||
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
|
||||
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
|
||||
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
|
||||
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
|
||||
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
|
||||
Sections above.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
|
||||
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
|
||||
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
|
||||
|
||||
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
|
||||
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
|
||||
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
|
||||
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
|
||||
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
|
||||
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
|
||||
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Library or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
|
||||
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
|
||||
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
|
||||
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
|
||||
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
|
||||
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
|
||||
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
|
||||
written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
|
||||
versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
|
||||
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
|
||||
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
|
||||
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
|
||||
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
|
||||
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
|
||||
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
|
||||
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
|
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
|
||||
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
|
||||
and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
|
||||
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
|
||||
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
|
||||
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
|
||||
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
|
||||
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
|
||||
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
|
||||
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
|
||||
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
|
||||
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
|
||||
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
|
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
|
||||
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
|
||||
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
|
||||
DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
|
||||
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
|
||||
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
|
||||
ordinary General Public License).
|
||||
|
||||
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
|
||||
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
|
||||
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
|
||||
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
That's all there is to it!
|
@ -1,495 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
|
||||
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
|
||||
|
||||
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
|
||||
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
|
||||
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
|
||||
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
|
||||
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
|
||||
|
||||
There are some preprocessor constants that can
|
||||
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
|
||||
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
|
||||
|
||||
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
|
||||
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
|
||||
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
|
||||
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
|
||||
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
|
||||
|
||||
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
|
||||
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
|
||||
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef emacs
|
||||
#include "blockinput.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
|
||||
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
|
||||
|
||||
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
|
||||
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
|
||||
#ifndef alloca
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef emacs
|
||||
#ifdef static
|
||||
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
|
||||
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
|
||||
in order to make unexec workable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
you
|
||||
lose
|
||||
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
|
||||
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
|
||||
#endif /* static */
|
||||
#endif /* emacs */
|
||||
|
||||
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
|
||||
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
|
||||
long i00afunc ();
|
||||
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
typedef void *pointer;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef char *pointer;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define NULL 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
|
||||
malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
|
||||
ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other
|
||||
hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
|
||||
them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
|
||||
|
||||
Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
|
||||
|
||||
Callers below should use malloc. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef emacs
|
||||
#define malloc xmalloc
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern pointer malloc ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
|
||||
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
|
||||
deduced at run-time.
|
||||
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
|
||||
|
||||
#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
|
||||
#define STACK_DIR stack_dir
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
find_stack_direction ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
|
||||
auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (addr == NULL)
|
||||
{ /* Initial entry. */
|
||||
addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
|
||||
|
||||
find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Second entry. */
|
||||
if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
|
||||
stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
|
||||
else
|
||||
stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
|
||||
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
|
||||
(b) keep track of stack depth.
|
||||
|
||||
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
|
||||
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
|
||||
#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union hdr
|
||||
{
|
||||
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
|
||||
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
|
||||
} h;
|
||||
} header;
|
||||
|
||||
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
|
||||
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
|
||||
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
|
||||
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
|
||||
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
|
||||
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
|
||||
|
||||
pointer
|
||||
alloca (size)
|
||||
unsigned size;
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
|
||||
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
|
||||
|
||||
#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
|
||||
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
|
||||
find_stack_direction ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
|
||||
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef emacs
|
||||
BLOCK_INPUT;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
|
||||
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|
||||
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
|
||||
{
|
||||
register header *np = hp->h.next;
|
||||
|
||||
free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */
|
||||
|
||||
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
|
||||
|
||||
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef emacs
|
||||
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (size == 0)
|
||||
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
|
||||
/* Address of header. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (new == 0)
|
||||
abort();
|
||||
|
||||
((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
|
||||
((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
|
||||
|
||||
last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
|
||||
|
||||
/* User storage begins just after header. */
|
||||
|
||||
return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CRAY_STACK
|
||||
#define CRAY_STACK
|
||||
#ifndef CRAY2
|
||||
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
|
||||
struct stack_control_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
|
||||
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
|
||||
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
|
||||
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
|
||||
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
|
||||
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
|
||||
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
|
||||
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
|
||||
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct stack_segment_linkage
|
||||
{
|
||||
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
|
||||
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
|
||||
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
|
||||
long:32;
|
||||
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
|
||||
segment of stack. */
|
||||
long:32;
|
||||
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
|
||||
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
|
||||
microtasking. */
|
||||
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
|
||||
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
|
||||
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
|
||||
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
|
||||
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
|
||||
long ssa0;
|
||||
long ssa1;
|
||||
long ssa2;
|
||||
long ssa3;
|
||||
long ssa4;
|
||||
long ssa5;
|
||||
long ssa6;
|
||||
long ssa7;
|
||||
long sss0;
|
||||
long sss1;
|
||||
long sss2;
|
||||
long sss3;
|
||||
long sss4;
|
||||
long sss5;
|
||||
long sss6;
|
||||
long sss7;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* CRAY2 */
|
||||
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
|
||||
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
|
||||
struct stk_stat
|
||||
{
|
||||
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
|
||||
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
|
||||
be required to satisfy the maximum
|
||||
stack demand to date. */
|
||||
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
|
||||
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
|
||||
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
|
||||
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
|
||||
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
|
||||
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
|
||||
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
|
||||
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
|
||||
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
|
||||
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
|
||||
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
|
||||
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
|
||||
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
|
||||
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
|
||||
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
|
||||
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
|
||||
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
|
||||
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
|
||||
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct stk_trailer
|
||||
{
|
||||
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
|
||||
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
|
||||
this trailer). */
|
||||
long unknown2;
|
||||
long unknown3;
|
||||
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
|
||||
segment. */
|
||||
long unknown5;
|
||||
long unknown6;
|
||||
long unknown7;
|
||||
long unknown8;
|
||||
long unknown9;
|
||||
long unknown10;
|
||||
long unknown11;
|
||||
long unknown12;
|
||||
long unknown13;
|
||||
long unknown14;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* CRAY2 */
|
||||
#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CRAY2
|
||||
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
|
||||
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
|
||||
|
||||
static long
|
||||
i00afunc (long *address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct stk_stat status;
|
||||
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
|
||||
long *block, size;
|
||||
long result = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
|
||||
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
|
||||
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
|
||||
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
|
||||
|
||||
STKSTAT (&status);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up the iteration. */
|
||||
|
||||
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
|
||||
+ status.current_size
|
||||
- 15);
|
||||
|
||||
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
|
||||
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (trailer == 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (trailer != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
|
||||
size = trailer->this_size;
|
||||
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
|
||||
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
|
||||
of all predecessor segments. */
|
||||
|
||||
result = address - block;
|
||||
|
||||
if (trailer == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
result += trailer->this_size;
|
||||
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (trailer != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
|
||||
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
|
||||
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
|
||||
not what you want. */
|
||||
|
||||
return (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* not CRAY2 */
|
||||
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
|
||||
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
|
||||
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
|
||||
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
|
||||
for alloca. */
|
||||
|
||||
static long
|
||||
i00afunc (long address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
long stkl = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
|
||||
long result = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
|
||||
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
|
||||
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
|
||||
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
|
||||
|
||||
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
|
||||
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
|
||||
|
||||
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
|
||||
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
|
||||
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
|
||||
|
||||
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
|
||||
nonzero. */
|
||||
|
||||
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
|
||||
size = ssptr->sssize;
|
||||
|
||||
this_segment = stkl - size;
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
|
||||
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
|
||||
contain the target address. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (pseg == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
stkl = stkl - pseg;
|
||||
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
|
||||
size = ssptr->sssize;
|
||||
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
|
||||
this_segment = stkl - size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
result = address - this_segment;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
|
||||
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
|
||||
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
|
||||
a cycle somewhere. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (pseg != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
stkl = stkl - pseg;
|
||||
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
|
||||
size = ssptr->sssize;
|
||||
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
|
||||
result += size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not CRAY2 */
|
||||
#endif /* CRAY */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* no alloca */
|
||||
#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,807 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* copyout.c - create a cpio archive
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include "filetypes.h"
|
||||
#include "system.h"
|
||||
#include "cpiohdr.h"
|
||||
#include "dstring.h"
|
||||
#include "extern.h"
|
||||
#include "defer.h"
|
||||
#include "rmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static unsigned long read_for_checksum ();
|
||||
static void tape_clear_rest_of_block ();
|
||||
static void tape_pad_output ();
|
||||
static int last_link ();
|
||||
static int count_defered_links_to_dev_ino ();
|
||||
static void add_link_defer ();
|
||||
static void writeout_other_defers ();
|
||||
static void writeout_final_defers();
|
||||
static void writeout_defered_file ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write out header FILE_HDR, including the file name, to file
|
||||
descriptor OUT_DES. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
write_out_header (file_hdr, out_des)
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
|
||||
int out_des;
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char ascii_header[112];
|
||||
char *magic_string;
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
|
||||
magic_string = "070702";
|
||||
else
|
||||
magic_string = "070701";
|
||||
sprintf (ascii_header,
|
||||
"%6s%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx",
|
||||
magic_string,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_ino, file_hdr->c_mode, file_hdr->c_uid,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_gid, file_hdr->c_nlink, file_hdr->c_mtime,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_filesize, file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min, file_hdr->c_namesize,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_chksum);
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (ascii_header, out_des, 110L);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write file name to output. */
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
|
||||
tape_pad_output (out_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 110);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (archive_format == arf_oldascii || archive_format == arf_hpoldascii)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char ascii_header[78];
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
dev_t dev;
|
||||
dev_t rdev;
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_oldascii)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min);
|
||||
rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives,
|
||||
but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the
|
||||
actual major/minor number in the filesize field. */
|
||||
switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case CP_IFCHR:
|
||||
case CP_IFBLK:
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
|
||||
case CP_IFSOCK:
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFIFO
|
||||
case CP_IFIFO:
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
file_hdr->c_filesize = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
|
||||
rdev = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min);
|
||||
rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
int dev = 0, rdev = 0;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if ((file_hdr->c_ino >> 16) != 0)
|
||||
error (0, 0, "%s: truncating inode number", file_hdr->c_name);
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf (ascii_header,
|
||||
"%06o%06o%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06o%011lo%06lo%011lo",
|
||||
file_hdr->c_magic & 0xFFFF, dev & 0xFFFF,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_ino & 0xFFFF, file_hdr->c_mode & 0xFFFF,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_uid & 0xFFFF, file_hdr->c_gid & 0xFFFF,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_nlink & 0xFFFF, rdev & 0xFFFF,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mtime, file_hdr->c_namesize & 0xFFFF,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_filesize);
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (ascii_header, out_des, 76L);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write file name to output. */
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
write_out_tar_header (file_hdr, out_des);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct old_cpio_header short_hdr;
|
||||
|
||||
short_hdr.c_magic = 070707;
|
||||
short_hdr.c_dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((file_hdr->c_ino >> 16) != 0)
|
||||
error (0, 0, "%s: truncating inode number", file_hdr->c_name);
|
||||
|
||||
short_hdr.c_ino = file_hdr->c_ino & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
short_hdr.c_mode = file_hdr->c_mode & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
short_hdr.c_uid = file_hdr->c_uid & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
short_hdr.c_gid = file_hdr->c_gid & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
short_hdr.c_nlink = file_hdr->c_nlink & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
if (archive_format != arf_hpbinary)
|
||||
short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary
|
||||
archives, but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and
|
||||
puts the actual major/minor number in the filesize field. */
|
||||
case CP_IFCHR:
|
||||
case CP_IFBLK:
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
|
||||
case CP_IFSOCK:
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFIFO
|
||||
case CP_IFIFO:
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
file_hdr->c_filesize = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
|
||||
short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (0, 1);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj,
|
||||
file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
short_hdr.c_mtimes[0] = file_hdr->c_mtime >> 16;
|
||||
short_hdr.c_mtimes[1] = file_hdr->c_mtime & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
|
||||
short_hdr.c_namesize = file_hdr->c_namesize & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
|
||||
short_hdr.c_filesizes[0] = file_hdr->c_filesize >> 16;
|
||||
short_hdr.c_filesizes[1] = file_hdr->c_filesize & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Output the file header. */
|
||||
tape_buffered_write ((char *) &short_hdr, out_des, 26L);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write file name to output. */
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
|
||||
|
||||
tape_pad_output (out_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 26);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read a list of file names from the standard input
|
||||
and write a cpio collection on the standard output.
|
||||
The format of the header depends on the compatibility (-c) flag. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
process_copy_out ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int res; /* Result of functions. */
|
||||
dynamic_string input_name; /* Name of file read from stdin. */
|
||||
struct utimbuf times; /* For resetting file times after copy. */
|
||||
struct stat file_stat; /* Stat record for file. */
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header file_hdr; /* Output header information. */
|
||||
int in_file_des; /* Source file descriptor. */
|
||||
int out_file_des; /* Output file descriptor. */
|
||||
char *p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the copy out. */
|
||||
ds_init (&input_name, 128);
|
||||
/* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */
|
||||
bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
|
||||
file_hdr.c_magic = 070707;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __MSDOS__
|
||||
setmode (archive_des, O_BINARY);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Check whether the output file might be a tape. */
|
||||
out_file_des = archive_des;
|
||||
if (_isrmt (out_file_des))
|
||||
{
|
||||
output_is_special = 1;
|
||||
output_is_seekable = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (fstat (out_file_des, &file_stat))
|
||||
error (1, errno, "standard output is closed");
|
||||
output_is_special =
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISBLK
|
||||
S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode) ||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode);
|
||||
output_is_seekable = S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (append_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
process_copy_in ();
|
||||
prepare_append (out_file_des);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy files with names read from stdin. */
|
||||
while (ds_fgetstr (stdin, &input_name, name_end) != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check for blank line. */
|
||||
if (input_name.ds_string[0] == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "blank line ignored");
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process next file. */
|
||||
if ((*xstat) (input_name.ds_string, &file_stat) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set values in output header. */
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_maj = major (file_stat.st_dev);
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_min = minor (file_stat.st_dev);
|
||||
file_hdr.c_ino = file_stat.st_ino;
|
||||
/* For POSIX systems that don't define the S_IF macros,
|
||||
we can't assume that S_ISfoo means the standard Unix
|
||||
S_IFfoo bit(s) are set. So do it manually, with a
|
||||
different name. Bleah. */
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode = (file_stat.st_mode & 07777);
|
||||
if (S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
|
||||
else if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFDIR;
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISBLK
|
||||
else if (S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFBLK;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISCHR
|
||||
else if (S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFCHR;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISFIFO
|
||||
else if (S_ISFIFO (file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFIFO;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISLNK
|
||||
else if (S_ISLNK (file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFLNK;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISSOCK
|
||||
else if (S_ISSOCK (file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFSOCK;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISNWK
|
||||
else if (S_ISNWK (file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFNWK;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
file_hdr.c_uid = file_stat.st_uid;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_gid = file_stat.st_gid;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_nlink = file_stat.st_nlink;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = major (file_stat.st_rdev);
|
||||
file_hdr.c_rdev_min = minor (file_stat.st_rdev);
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mtime = file_stat.st_mtime;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_filesize = file_stat.st_size;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_chksum = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Strip leading `./' from the filename. */
|
||||
p = input_name.ds_string;
|
||||
while (*p == '.' && *(p + 1) == '/')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
while (*p == '/')
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifndef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
file_hdr.c_name = p;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (p) + 1;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if ( (archive_format != arf_tar) && (archive_format != arf_ustar) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We mark CDF's in cpio files by adding a 2nd `/' after the
|
||||
"hidden" directory name. We need to do this so we can
|
||||
properly recreate the directory as hidden (in case the
|
||||
files of a directory go into the archive before the
|
||||
directory itself (e.g from "find ... -depth ... | cpio")). */
|
||||
file_hdr.c_name = add_cdf_double_slashes (p);
|
||||
file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (file_hdr.c_name) + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We don't mark CDF's in tar files. We assume the "hidden"
|
||||
directory will always go into the archive before any of
|
||||
its files. */
|
||||
file_hdr.c_name = p;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (p) + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if ((archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
|
||||
&& is_tar_filename_too_long (file_hdr.c_name))
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "%s: file name too long", file_hdr.c_name);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy the named file to the output. */
|
||||
switch (file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case CP_IFREG:
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *otherfile;
|
||||
if ((otherfile = find_inode_file (file_hdr.c_ino,
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_min)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = otherfile;
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
|
||||
&& (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (last_link (&file_hdr) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
writeout_other_defers (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
add_link_defer (&file_hdr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
in_file_des = open (input_name.ds_string,
|
||||
O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
|
||||
if (in_file_des < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
|
||||
file_hdr.c_chksum = read_for_checksum (in_file_des,
|
||||
file_hdr.c_filesize,
|
||||
input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
copy_files_disk_to_tape (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize, input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
|
||||
add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_min);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
tape_pad_output (out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
|
||||
|
||||
if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
if (reset_time_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
times.actime = file_stat.st_atime;
|
||||
times.modtime = file_stat.st_mtime;
|
||||
if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case CP_IFDIR:
|
||||
file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
case CP_IFCHR:
|
||||
case CP_IFBLK:
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
|
||||
case CP_IFSOCK:
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFIFO
|
||||
case CP_IFIFO:
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_tar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "%s not dumped: not a regular file",
|
||||
file_hdr.c_name);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (archive_format == arf_ustar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *otherfile;
|
||||
if ((otherfile = find_inode_file (file_hdr.c_ino,
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_min)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This file is linked to another file already in the
|
||||
archive, so write it out as a hard link. */
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode = (file_stat.st_mode & 07777);
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = otherfile;
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name,
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_min);
|
||||
}
|
||||
file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFLNK
|
||||
case CP_IFLNK:
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *link_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_stat.st_size + 1);
|
||||
int link_size;
|
||||
|
||||
link_size = readlink (input_name.ds_string, link_name,
|
||||
file_stat.st_size);
|
||||
if (link_size < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
free (link_name);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
file_hdr.c_filesize = link_size;
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (link_size + 1 > 100)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "%s: symbolic link too long",
|
||||
file_hdr.c_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
link_name[link_size] = '\0';
|
||||
file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = link_name;
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (link_name, out_file_des, link_size);
|
||||
tape_pad_output (out_file_des, link_size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (link_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
error (0, 0, "%s: unknown file type", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (verbose_flag)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
if (dot_flag)
|
||||
fputc ('.', stderr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
writeout_final_defers(out_file_des);
|
||||
/* The collection is complete; append the trailer. */
|
||||
file_hdr.c_ino = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mode = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_uid = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_gid = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_nlink = 1; /* Must be 1 for crc format. */
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_maj = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_min = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_rdev_min = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_mtime = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_chksum = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_namesize = 11;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_name = "TRAILER!!!";
|
||||
if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512);
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fill up the output block. */
|
||||
tape_clear_rest_of_block (out_file_des);
|
||||
tape_empty_output_buffer (out_file_des);
|
||||
if (dot_flag)
|
||||
fputc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
if (!quiet_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
res = (output_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size;
|
||||
if (res == 1)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "1 block\n");
|
||||
else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%d blocks\n", res);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read FILE_SIZE bytes of FILE_NAME from IN_FILE_DES and
|
||||
compute and return a checksum for them. */
|
||||
|
||||
static unsigned long
|
||||
read_for_checksum (in_file_des, file_size, file_name)
|
||||
int in_file_des;
|
||||
int file_size;
|
||||
char *file_name;
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long crc;
|
||||
char buf[BUFSIZ];
|
||||
int bytes_left;
|
||||
int bytes_read;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
crc = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (bytes_left = file_size; bytes_left > 0; bytes_left -= bytes_read)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bytes_read = read (in_file_des, buf, BUFSIZ);
|
||||
if (bytes_read < 0)
|
||||
error (1, errno, "cannot read checksum for %s", file_name);
|
||||
if (bytes_read == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < bytes_read; ++i)
|
||||
crc += buf[i] & 0xff;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (lseek (in_file_des, 0L, SEEK_SET))
|
||||
error (1, errno, "cannot read checksum for %s", file_name);
|
||||
|
||||
return crc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write out NULs to fill out the rest of the current block on
|
||||
OUT_FILE_DES. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
tape_clear_rest_of_block (out_file_des)
|
||||
int out_file_des;
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (output_size < io_block_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((io_block_size - output_size) > 512)
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512);
|
||||
else
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, io_block_size - output_size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write NULs on OUT_FILE_DES to move from OFFSET (the current location)
|
||||
to the end of the header. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
tape_pad_output (out_file_des, offset)
|
||||
int out_file_des;
|
||||
int offset;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pad;
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
|
||||
pad = (4 - (offset % 4)) % 4;
|
||||
else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
|
||||
pad = (512 - (offset % 512)) % 512;
|
||||
else if (archive_format != arf_oldascii && archive_format != arf_hpoldascii)
|
||||
pad = (2 - (offset % 2)) % 2;
|
||||
else
|
||||
pad = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pad != 0)
|
||||
tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, pad);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* When creating newc and crc archives if a file has multiple (hard)
|
||||
links, we don't put any of them into the archive until we have seen
|
||||
all of them (or until we get to the end of the list of files that
|
||||
are going into the archive and know that we have seen all of the links
|
||||
to the file that we will see). We keep these "defered" files on
|
||||
this list. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct deferment *deferouts = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Is this file_hdr the last (hard) link to a file? I.e., have
|
||||
we already seen and defered all of the other links? */
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
last_link (file_hdr)
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int other_files_sofar;
|
||||
|
||||
other_files_sofar = count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (file_hdr);
|
||||
if (file_hdr->c_nlink == (other_files_sofar + 1) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Count the number of other (hard) links to this file that have
|
||||
already been defered. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (file_hdr)
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct deferment *d;
|
||||
int ino;
|
||||
int maj;
|
||||
int min;
|
||||
int count;
|
||||
ino = file_hdr->c_ino;
|
||||
maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj;
|
||||
min = file_hdr->c_dev_min;
|
||||
count = 0;
|
||||
for (d = deferouts; d != NULL; d = d->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj)
|
||||
&& (d->header.c_dev_min == min) )
|
||||
++count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add the file header for a link that is being defered to the deferouts
|
||||
list. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
add_link_defer (file_hdr)
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct deferment *d;
|
||||
d = create_deferment (file_hdr);
|
||||
d->next = deferouts;
|
||||
deferouts = d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We are about to put a file into a newc or crc archive that is
|
||||
multiply linked. We have already seen and defered all of the
|
||||
other links to the file but haven't written them into the archive.
|
||||
Write the other links into the archive, and remove them from the
|
||||
deferouts list. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
writeout_other_defers (file_hdr, out_des)
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
|
||||
int out_des;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct deferment *d;
|
||||
struct deferment *d_prev;
|
||||
int ino;
|
||||
int maj;
|
||||
int min;
|
||||
ino = file_hdr->c_ino;
|
||||
maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj;
|
||||
min = file_hdr->c_dev_min;
|
||||
d_prev = NULL;
|
||||
d = deferouts;
|
||||
while (d != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj)
|
||||
&& (d->header.c_dev_min == min) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct deferment *d_free;
|
||||
d->header.c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
write_out_header (&d->header, out_des);
|
||||
if (d_prev != NULL)
|
||||
d_prev->next = d->next;
|
||||
else
|
||||
deferouts = d->next;
|
||||
d_free = d;
|
||||
d = d->next;
|
||||
free_deferment (d_free);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
d_prev = d;
|
||||
d = d->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* When writing newc and crc format archives we defer multiply linked
|
||||
files until we have seen all of the links to the file. If a file
|
||||
has links to it that aren't going into the archive, then we will
|
||||
never see the "last" link to the file, so at the end we just write
|
||||
all of the leftover defered files into the archive. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
writeout_final_defers(out_des)
|
||||
int out_des;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct deferment *d;
|
||||
int other_count;
|
||||
while (deferouts != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
d = deferouts;
|
||||
other_count = count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (&d->header);
|
||||
if (other_count == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
writeout_defered_file (&d->header, out_des);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header file_hdr;
|
||||
file_hdr = d->header;
|
||||
file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_des);
|
||||
}
|
||||
deferouts = deferouts->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write a file into the archive. This code is the same as
|
||||
the code in process_copy_out(), but we need it here too
|
||||
for writeout_final_defers() to call. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
writeout_defered_file (header, out_file_des)
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header *header;
|
||||
int out_file_des;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int in_file_des;
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header file_hdr;
|
||||
struct utimbuf times; /* For setting file times. */
|
||||
/* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */
|
||||
bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
|
||||
|
||||
file_hdr = *header;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
in_file_des = open (header->c_name,
|
||||
O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
|
||||
if (in_file_des < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", header->c_name);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
|
||||
file_hdr.c_chksum = read_for_checksum (in_file_des,
|
||||
file_hdr.c_filesize,
|
||||
header->c_name);
|
||||
|
||||
write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
|
||||
copy_files_disk_to_tape (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize, header->c_name);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
|
||||
add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
|
||||
file_hdr.c_dev_min);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
tape_pad_output (out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
|
||||
|
||||
if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", header->c_name);
|
||||
if (reset_time_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
times.actime = file_hdr.c_mtime;
|
||||
times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime;
|
||||
if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,464 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* copypass.c - cpio copy pass sub-function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include "filetypes.h"
|
||||
#include "system.h"
|
||||
#include "cpiohdr.h"
|
||||
#include "dstring.h"
|
||||
#include "extern.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
|
||||
#define lchown chown
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy files listed on the standard input into directory `directory_name'.
|
||||
If `link_flag', link instead of copying. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
process_copy_pass ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
dynamic_string input_name; /* Name of file from stdin. */
|
||||
dynamic_string output_name; /* Name of new file. */
|
||||
int dirname_len; /* Length of `directory_name'. */
|
||||
int res; /* Result of functions. */
|
||||
char *slash; /* For moving past slashes in input name. */
|
||||
struct utimbuf times; /* For resetting file times after copy. */
|
||||
struct stat in_file_stat; /* Stat record for input file. */
|
||||
struct stat out_file_stat; /* Stat record for output file. */
|
||||
int in_file_des; /* Input file descriptor. */
|
||||
int out_file_des; /* Output file descriptor. */
|
||||
int existing_dir; /* True if file is a dir & already exists. */
|
||||
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
int cdf_flag;
|
||||
int cdf_char;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the copy pass. */
|
||||
dirname_len = strlen (directory_name);
|
||||
ds_init (&input_name, 128);
|
||||
ds_init (&output_name, dirname_len + 2);
|
||||
strcpy (output_name.ds_string, directory_name);
|
||||
output_name.ds_string[dirname_len] = '/';
|
||||
output_is_seekable = TRUE;
|
||||
/* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */
|
||||
bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy files with names read from stdin. */
|
||||
while (ds_fgetstr (stdin, &input_name, name_end) != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int link_res = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for blank line and ignore it if found. */
|
||||
if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "blank line ignored");
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for current directory and ignore it if found. */
|
||||
if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '.'
|
||||
&& (input_name.ds_string[1] == '\0'
|
||||
|| (input_name.ds_string[1] == '/'
|
||||
&& input_name.ds_string[2] == '\0')))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((*xstat) (input_name.ds_string, &in_file_stat) < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make the name of the new file. */
|
||||
for (slash = input_name.ds_string; *slash == '/'; ++slash)
|
||||
;
|
||||
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
/* For CDF's we add a 2nd `/' after all "hidden" directories.
|
||||
This kind of a kludge, but it's what we do when creating
|
||||
archives, and it's easier to do this than to separately
|
||||
keep track of which directories in a path are "hidden". */
|
||||
slash = add_cdf_double_slashes (slash);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
ds_resize (&output_name, dirname_len + strlen (slash) + 2);
|
||||
strcpy (output_name.ds_string + dirname_len + 1, slash);
|
||||
|
||||
existing_dir = FALSE;
|
||||
if (lstat (output_name.ds_string, &out_file_stat) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode)
|
||||
&& S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If there is already a directory there that
|
||||
we are trying to create, don't complain about it. */
|
||||
existing_dir = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (!unconditional_flag
|
||||
&& in_file_stat.st_mtime <= out_file_stat.st_mtime)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "%s not created: newer or same age version exists",
|
||||
output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
continue; /* Go to the next file. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode)
|
||||
? rmdir (output_name.ds_string)
|
||||
: unlink (output_name.ds_string))
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "cannot remove current %s",
|
||||
output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
continue; /* Go to the next file. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do the real copy or link. */
|
||||
if (S_ISREG (in_file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
/* Can the current file be linked to a another file?
|
||||
Set link_name to the original file name. */
|
||||
if (link_flag)
|
||||
/* User said to link it if possible. Try and link to
|
||||
the original copy. If that fails we'll still try
|
||||
and link to a copy we've already made. */
|
||||
link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) )
|
||||
link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
major (in_file_stat.st_dev),
|
||||
minor (in_file_stat.st_dev),
|
||||
in_file_stat.st_ino);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the file was not linked, copy contents of file. */
|
||||
if (link_res < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
in_file_des = open (input_name.ds_string,
|
||||
O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
|
||||
if (in_file_des < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
|
||||
if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (out_file_des < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
close (in_file_des);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
copy_files_disk_to_disk (in_file_des, out_file_des, in_file_stat.st_size, input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
disk_empty_output_buffer (out_file_des);
|
||||
if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
if (close (out_file_des) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the attributes of the new file. */
|
||||
if (!no_chown_flag)
|
||||
if ((chown (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
|
||||
set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
|
||||
&& errno != EPERM)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
/* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
|
||||
if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
if (reset_time_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
times.actime = in_file_stat.st_atime;
|
||||
times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
|
||||
if (utime (input_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (retain_time_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
|
||||
if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
cdf_flag = 0;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (!existing_dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
/* If the directory name ends in a + and is SUID,
|
||||
then it is a CDF. Strip the trailing + from the name
|
||||
before creating it. */
|
||||
cdf_char = strlen (output_name.ds_string) - 1;
|
||||
if ( (cdf_char > 0) &&
|
||||
(in_file_stat.st_mode & 04000) &&
|
||||
(output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] == '+') )
|
||||
{
|
||||
output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] = '\0';
|
||||
cdf_flag = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
res = 0;
|
||||
if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (res < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* In some odd cases where the output_name includes `.',
|
||||
the directory may have actually been created by
|
||||
create_all_directories(), so the mkdir will fail
|
||||
because the directory exists. If that's the case,
|
||||
don't complain about it. */
|
||||
if ( (errno != EEXIST) ||
|
||||
(lstat (output_name.ds_string, &out_file_stat) != 0) ||
|
||||
!(S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode) ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!no_chown_flag)
|
||||
if ((chown (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
|
||||
set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
|
||||
&& errno != EPERM)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
/* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
|
||||
if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
if (cdf_flag)
|
||||
/* Once we "hide" the directory with the chmod(),
|
||||
we have to refer to it using name+ isntead of name. */
|
||||
output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] = '+';
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (retain_time_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
|
||||
if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
else if (S_ISCHR (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
|
||||
S_ISBLK (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISFIFO
|
||||
S_ISFIFO (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISSOCK
|
||||
S_ISSOCK (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Can the current file be linked to a another file?
|
||||
Set link_name to the original file name. */
|
||||
if (link_flag)
|
||||
/* User said to link it if possible. */
|
||||
link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) )
|
||||
link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
major (in_file_stat.st_dev),
|
||||
minor (in_file_stat.st_dev),
|
||||
in_file_stat.st_ino);
|
||||
|
||||
if (link_res < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode,
|
||||
in_file_stat.st_rdev);
|
||||
if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode,
|
||||
in_file_stat.st_rdev);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (res < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!no_chown_flag)
|
||||
if ((chown (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
|
||||
set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
|
||||
&& errno != EPERM)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
/* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
|
||||
if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
if (retain_time_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
|
||||
if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISLNK
|
||||
else if (S_ISLNK (in_file_stat.st_mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *link_name;
|
||||
int link_size;
|
||||
link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) in_file_stat.st_size + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
link_size = readlink (input_name.ds_string, link_name,
|
||||
in_file_stat.st_size);
|
||||
if (link_size < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
free (link_name);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
link_name[link_size] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
in_file_stat.st_mode);
|
||||
if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
in_file_stat.st_mode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (res < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
free (link_name);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the attributes of the new link. */
|
||||
if (!no_chown_flag)
|
||||
if ((lchown (output_name.ds_string,
|
||||
set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
|
||||
set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
|
||||
&& errno != EPERM)
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
free (link_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "%s: unknown file type", input_name.ds_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (verbose_flag)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", output_name.ds_string);
|
||||
if (dot_flag)
|
||||
fputc ('.', stderr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (dot_flag)
|
||||
fputc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
if (!quiet_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
res = (output_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size;
|
||||
if (res == 1)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "1 block\n");
|
||||
else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%d blocks\n", res);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Try and create a hard link from FILE_NAME to another file
|
||||
with the given major/minor device number and inode. If no other
|
||||
file with the same major/minor/inode numbers is known, add this file
|
||||
to the list of known files and associated major/minor/inode numbers
|
||||
and return -1. If another file with the same major/minor/inode
|
||||
numbers is found, try and create another link to it using
|
||||
link_to_name, and return 0 for success and -1 for failure. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
link_to_maj_min_ino (file_name, st_dev_maj, st_dev_min, st_ino)
|
||||
char *file_name;
|
||||
int st_dev_maj;
|
||||
int st_dev_min;
|
||||
int st_ino;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int link_res;
|
||||
char *link_name;
|
||||
link_res = -1;
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
/* Is the file a link to a previously copied file? */
|
||||
link_name = find_inode_file (st_ino,
|
||||
st_dev_maj,
|
||||
st_dev_min);
|
||||
if (link_name == NULL)
|
||||
add_inode (st_ino, file_name,
|
||||
st_dev_maj,
|
||||
st_dev_min);
|
||||
else
|
||||
link_res = link_to_name (file_name, link_name);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return link_res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Try and create a hard link from LINK_NAME to LINK_TARGET. If
|
||||
`create_dir_flag' is set, any non-existent (parent) directories
|
||||
needed by LINK_NAME will be created. If the link is successfully
|
||||
created and `verbose_flag' is set, print "LINK_TARGET linked to LINK_NAME\n".
|
||||
If the link can not be created and `link_flag' is set, print
|
||||
"cannot link LINK_TARGET to LINK_NAME\n". Return 0 if the link
|
||||
is created, -1 otherwise. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
link_to_name (link_name, link_target)
|
||||
char *link_name;
|
||||
char *link_target;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int res;
|
||||
#ifdef __MSDOS__
|
||||
res = -1;
|
||||
#else /* not __MSDOS__ */
|
||||
res = link (link_target, link_name);
|
||||
if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
create_all_directories (link_name);
|
||||
res = link (link_target, link_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (res == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (verbose_flag)
|
||||
error (0, 0, "%s linked to %s",
|
||||
link_target, link_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (link_flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "cannot link %s to %s",
|
||||
link_target, link_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* not __MSDOS__ */
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,326 +0,0 @@
|
||||
.TH CPIO 1L \" -*- nroff -*-
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
cpio \- copy files to and from archives
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
{\-o|\-\-create} [\-0acvABLV] [\-C bytes] [\-H format] [\-M message]
|
||||
[\-O [[user@]host:]archive] [\-F [[user@]host:]archive]
|
||||
[\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-format=format] [\-\-message=message]
|
||||
[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot] [\-\-append]
|
||||
[\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-dereference] [\-\-io-size=bytes] [\-\-quiet]
|
||||
[\-\-force\-local] [\-\-help] [\-\-version] < name-list [> archive]
|
||||
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
{\-i|\-\-extract} [\-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [\-C bytes] [\-E file] [\-H format]
|
||||
[\-M message] [\-R [user][:.][group]] [\-I [[user@]host:]archive]
|
||||
[\-F [[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive]
|
||||
[\-\-make-directories] [\-\-nonmatching] [\-\-preserve-modification-time]
|
||||
[\-\-numeric-uid-gid] [\-\-rename] [\-\-list] [\-\-swap-bytes] [\-\-swap] [\-\-dot]
|
||||
[\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-swap-halfwords]
|
||||
[\-\-io-size=bytes] [\-\-pattern-file=file] [\-\-format=format]
|
||||
[\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner] [\-\-message=message]
|
||||
[\-\-force\-local] [\-\-no\-absolute\-filenames] [\-\-sparse] [\-\-only\-verify\-crc]
|
||||
[\-\-quiet] [\-\-help] [\-\-version] [pattern...] [< archive]
|
||||
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
{\-p|\-\-pass-through} [\-0adlmuvLV] [\-R [user][:.][group]]
|
||||
[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-make-directories] [\-\-link] [\-\-quiet]
|
||||
[\-\-preserve-modification-time] [\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot]
|
||||
[\-\-dereference] [\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner]
|
||||
[\-\-sparse] [\-\-help] [\-\-version] destination-directory < name-list
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
This manual page
|
||||
documents the GNU version of
|
||||
.BR cpio .
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, which is a file that
|
||||
contains other files plus information about them, such as their
|
||||
file name, owner, timestamps, and access permissions. The archive can
|
||||
be another file on the disk, a magnetic tape, or a pipe.
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
has three operating modes.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
In copy-out mode,
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
copies files into an archive. It reads a list of filenames, one per
|
||||
line, on the standard input, and writes the archive onto the standard
|
||||
output. A typical way to generate the list of filenames is with the
|
||||
.B find
|
||||
command; you should give
|
||||
.B find
|
||||
the \-depth option to minimize problems with permissions on
|
||||
directories that are unwritable or not searchable.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
In copy-in mode,
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
copies files out of an archive or lists the archive contents. It
|
||||
reads the archive from the standard input. Any non-option command
|
||||
line arguments are shell globbing patterns; only files in the archive
|
||||
whose names match one or more of those patterns are copied from the
|
||||
archive. Unlike in the shell, an initial `.' in a filename does
|
||||
match a wildcard at the start of a pattern, and a `/' in a filename
|
||||
can match wildcards. If no patterns are given, all files are
|
||||
extracted.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
In copy-pass mode,
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
copies files from one directory tree to another, combining the
|
||||
copy-out and copy-in steps without actually using an archive.
|
||||
It reads the list of files to copy from the standard input; the
|
||||
directory into which it will copy them is given as a non-option
|
||||
argument.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
supports the following archive formats: binary, old ASCII, new
|
||||
ASCII, crc, HPUX binary, HPUX old ASCII, old tar, and POSIX.1 tar.
|
||||
The binary format
|
||||
is obsolete because it encodes information about the files in a way
|
||||
that is not portable between different machine architectures.
|
||||
The old ASCII format is portable between different machine architectures,
|
||||
but should not be used on file systems with more than 65536 i-nodes.
|
||||
The new ASCII format is portable between different machine architectures
|
||||
and can be used on any size file system, but is not supported by all
|
||||
versions of
|
||||
.BR cpio ;
|
||||
currently, it is only supported by GNU and Unix System V R4.
|
||||
The crc format is
|
||||
like the new ASCII format, but also contains a checksum for each file
|
||||
which
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
calculates when creating an archive
|
||||
and verifies when the file is extracted from the archive.
|
||||
The HPUX formats are provided for compatibility with HPUX's cpio which
|
||||
stores device files differently.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The tar format is provided for compatability with
|
||||
the
|
||||
.B tar
|
||||
program. It can not be used to archive files with names
|
||||
longer than 100 characters, and can not be used to archive "special"
|
||||
(block or character devices) files.
|
||||
The POSIX.1 tar format can not be used to archive files with names longer
|
||||
than 255 characters (less unless they have a "/" in just the right place).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
By default,
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
creates binary format archives, for compatibility with
|
||||
older
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
programs.
|
||||
When extracting from archives,
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
automatically recognizes which kind of archive it is reading and can
|
||||
read archives created on machines with a different byte-order.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Some of the options to
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
apply only to certain operating modes; see the SYNOPSIS section for a
|
||||
list of which options are allowed in which modes.
|
||||
.SS OPTIONS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-0, \-\-null"
|
||||
In copy-out and copy-pass modes, read a list of filenames terminated
|
||||
by a null character instead of a newline, so that files whose names
|
||||
contain newlines can be archived. GNU
|
||||
.B find
|
||||
is one way to produce a list of null-terminated filenames.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-a, \-\-reset-access-time"
|
||||
Reset the access times of files after reading them, so that it does
|
||||
not look like they have just been read.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-A, \-\-append"
|
||||
Append to an existing archive. Only works in copy-out mode. The
|
||||
archive must be a disk file specified with the
|
||||
.I \-O
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I "\-F (\-\-file)"
|
||||
option.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-b, \-\-swap"
|
||||
In copy-in mode, swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords
|
||||
in the data. Equivalent to
|
||||
.IR "\-sS" .
|
||||
Use this option to convert 32-bit integers between big-endian and
|
||||
little-endian machines.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-B"
|
||||
Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes. Initially the block size is 512
|
||||
bytes.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-\-block-size=BLOCK-SIZE"
|
||||
Set the I/O block size to BLOCK-SIZE * 512 bytes.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-c"
|
||||
Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-C IO-SIZE, \-\-io-size=IO-SIZE"
|
||||
Set the I/O block size to IO-SIZE bytes.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-d, \-\-make-directories"
|
||||
Create leading directories where needed.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-E FILE, \-\-pattern-file=FILE"
|
||||
In copy-in mode, read additional patterns specifying filenames to
|
||||
extract or list from FILE. The lines of FILE are treated as if they
|
||||
had been non-option arguments to
|
||||
.BR cpio .
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-f, \-\-nonmatching"
|
||||
Only copy files that do not match any of the given patterns.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-F, \-\-file=archive"
|
||||
Archive filename to use instead of standard input or output. To use a
|
||||
tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that
|
||||
starts with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a
|
||||
username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if
|
||||
you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
|
||||
`~/.rhosts' file).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-\-force-local"
|
||||
With
|
||||
.IR \-F ,
|
||||
.IR \-I ,
|
||||
or
|
||||
.IR \-O ,
|
||||
take the archive file name to be a local file even if it contains a
|
||||
colon, which would ordinarily indicate a remote host name.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-H FORMAT, \-\-format=FORMAT"
|
||||
Use archive format FORMAT. The valid formats are listed below;
|
||||
the same names are also recognized in all-caps. The default in
|
||||
copy-in mode is to automatically detect the archive format, and in
|
||||
copy-out mode is "bin".
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.IP bin
|
||||
The obsolete binary format.
|
||||
.IP odc
|
||||
The old (POSIX.1) portable format.
|
||||
.IP newc
|
||||
The new (SVR4) portable format, which supports file systems having
|
||||
more than 65536 i-nodes.
|
||||
.IP crc
|
||||
The new (SVR4) portable format with a checksum added.
|
||||
.IP tar
|
||||
The old tar format.
|
||||
.IP ustar
|
||||
The POSIX.1 tar format. Also recognizes GNU
|
||||
.B tar
|
||||
archives, which are similar but not identical.
|
||||
.IP hpbin
|
||||
The obsolete binary format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files
|
||||
differently).
|
||||
.IP hpodc
|
||||
The portable format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files differently).
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-i, \-\-extract"
|
||||
Run in copy-in mode.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-I archive"
|
||||
Archive filename to use instead of standard input. To use a
|
||||
tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that
|
||||
starts with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a
|
||||
username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if
|
||||
you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
|
||||
`~/.rhosts' file).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I \-k
|
||||
Ignored; for compatibility with other versions of
|
||||
.BR cpio .
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-l, \-\-link"
|
||||
Link files instead of copying them, when possible.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-L, \-\-dereference"
|
||||
Dereference symbolic links (copy the files that they point to instead
|
||||
of copying the links).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-m, \-\-preserve-modification-time"
|
||||
Retain previous file modification times when creating files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-M MESSAGE, \-\-message=MESSAGE"
|
||||
Print MESSAGE when the end of a volume of the backup media (such as a
|
||||
tape or a floppy disk) is reached, to prompt the user to insert a new
|
||||
volume. If MESSAGE contains the string "%d", it is replaced by the
|
||||
current volume number (starting at 1).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-n, \-\-numeric-uid-gid"
|
||||
In the verbose table of contents listing, show numeric UID and GID
|
||||
instead of translating them into names.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I " \-\-no-absolute-filenames"
|
||||
In copy-in mode, create all files relative to the current directory,
|
||||
even if they have an absolute file name in the archive.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I " \-\-no-preserve-owner"
|
||||
In copy-in mode and copy-pass mode, do not change the ownership of the
|
||||
files; leave them owned by the user extracting them. This is the
|
||||
default for non-root users, so that users on System V don't
|
||||
inadvertantly give away files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-o, \-\-create"
|
||||
Run in copy-out mode.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-O archive"
|
||||
Archive filename to use instead of standard output. To use a tape
|
||||
drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts
|
||||
with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an
|
||||
`@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have
|
||||
permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts'
|
||||
file).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I " \-\-only-verify-crc"
|
||||
When reading a CRC format archive in copy-in mode, only verify the
|
||||
CRC's of each file in the archive, don't actually extract the files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-p, \-\-pass-through"
|
||||
Run in copy-pass mode.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-\-quiet"
|
||||
Do not print the number of blocks copied.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-r, \-\-rename"
|
||||
Interactively rename files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-R [user][:.][group], \-\-owner [user][:.][group]"
|
||||
In copy-out and copy-pass modes, set the ownership of all files created
|
||||
to the specified user and/or group. Either the user or the group, or
|
||||
both, must be present. If the group is omitted but the ":" or "."
|
||||
separator is given, use the given user's login group. Only the
|
||||
super-user can change files' ownership.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-\-sparse"
|
||||
In copy-out and copy-pass modes, write files with large blocks of zeros
|
||||
as sparse files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-s, \-\-swap-bytes"
|
||||
In copy-in mode, swap the bytes of each halfword (pair of bytes) in the
|
||||
files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-S, \-\-swap-halfwords"
|
||||
In copy-in mode, swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the
|
||||
files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-t, \-\-list"
|
||||
Print a table of contents of the input.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-u, \-\-unconditional"
|
||||
Replace all files, without asking whether to replace existing newer
|
||||
files with older files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-v, \-\-verbose"
|
||||
List the files processed, or with
|
||||
.IR \-t ,
|
||||
give an `ls \-l' style table of contents listing. In a verbose table
|
||||
of contents of a ustar archive, user and group names in the archive
|
||||
that do not exist on the local system are replaced by the names that
|
||||
correspond locally to the numeric UID and GID stored in the archive.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-V \-\-dot"
|
||||
Print a "." for each file processed.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I "\-\-version"
|
||||
Print the
|
||||
.B cpio
|
||||
program version number and exit.
|
@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Extended cpio format from POSIX.1.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CPIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define _CPIO_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* A cpio archive consists of a sequence of files.
|
||||
Each file has a 76 byte header,
|
||||
a variable length, NUL terminated filename,
|
||||
and variable length file data.
|
||||
A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings
|
||||
of octal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated.
|
||||
|
||||
Field Name Length in Bytes Notes
|
||||
c_magic 6 must be "070707"
|
||||
c_dev 6
|
||||
c_ino 6
|
||||
c_mode 6 see below for value
|
||||
c_uid 6
|
||||
c_gid 6
|
||||
c_nlink 6
|
||||
c_rdev 6 only valid for chr and blk special files
|
||||
c_mtime 11
|
||||
c_namesize 6 count includes terminating NUL in pathname
|
||||
c_filesize 11 must be 0 for FIFOs and directories */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Values for c_mode, OR'd together: */
|
||||
|
||||
#define C_IRUSR 000400
|
||||
#define C_IWUSR 000200
|
||||
#define C_IXUSR 000100
|
||||
#define C_IRGRP 000040
|
||||
#define C_IWGRP 000020
|
||||
#define C_IXGRP 000010
|
||||
#define C_IROTH 000004
|
||||
#define C_IWOTH 000002
|
||||
#define C_IXOTH 000001
|
||||
|
||||
#define C_ISUID 004000
|
||||
#define C_ISGID 002000
|
||||
#define C_ISVTX 001000
|
||||
|
||||
#define C_ISBLK 060000
|
||||
#define C_ISCHR 020000
|
||||
#define C_ISDIR 040000
|
||||
#define C_ISFIFO 010000
|
||||
#define C_ISSOCK 0140000
|
||||
#define C_ISLNK 0120000
|
||||
#define C_ISCTG 0110000
|
||||
#define C_ISREG 0100000
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* cpio.h */
|
@ -1,558 +0,0 @@
|
||||
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
|
||||
@c %**start of header
|
||||
@setfilename cpio.info
|
||||
@settitle cpio
|
||||
@setchapternewpage off
|
||||
@set VERSION GNU cpio 2.4
|
||||
@set RELEASEDATE November 1995
|
||||
@c %**end of header
|
||||
|
||||
@ifinfo
|
||||
@format
|
||||
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||||
* cpio: (cpio). Making tape (or disk) archives.
|
||||
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
||||
@end format
|
||||
@end ifinfo
|
||||
|
||||
@ifinfo
|
||||
This file documents @value{VERSION}.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
|
||||
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
|
||||
are preserved on all copies.
|
||||
|
||||
@ignore
|
||||
Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
|
||||
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
|
||||
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@end ignore
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
||||
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
|
||||
resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
|
||||
notice identical to this one.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
||||
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
||||
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
|
||||
by the Foundation.
|
||||
@end ifinfo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@titlepage
|
||||
@title GNU CPIO
|
||||
@subtitle @value{VERSION} @value{RELEASEDATE}
|
||||
@author by Robert Carleton
|
||||
@c copyright page
|
||||
@page
|
||||
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
|
||||
Copyright @copyright{} 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
@sp 2
|
||||
This is the first edition of the GNU cpio documentation,@*
|
||||
and is consistent with @value{VERSION}.@*
|
||||
@sp 2
|
||||
Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
|
||||
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, @*
|
||||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA @*
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
|
||||
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
|
||||
are preserved on all copies.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
||||
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
|
||||
resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
|
||||
notice identical to this one.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
||||
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
||||
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
|
||||
approved by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
@end titlepage
|
||||
|
||||
@ifinfo
|
||||
@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@top
|
||||
|
||||
GNU cpio is a tool for creating and extracting archives, or copying
|
||||
files from one place to another. It handles a number of cpio formats as
|
||||
well as reading and writing tar files. This is the first edition of the
|
||||
GNU cpio documentation and is consistant with @value{VERSION}.
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Introduction::
|
||||
* Tutorial:: Getting started.
|
||||
* Invoking `cpio':: How to invoke `cpio'.
|
||||
* Media:: Using tapes and other archive media.
|
||||
* Concept Index:: Concept index.
|
||||
|
||||
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
|
||||
|
||||
Invoking cpio
|
||||
|
||||
* Copy-out mode::
|
||||
* Copy-in mode::
|
||||
* Copy-pass mode::
|
||||
* Options::
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@end ifinfo
|
||||
|
||||
@node Introduction, Tutorial, Top, Top
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@chapter Introduction
|
||||
|
||||
GNU cpio copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, The archive
|
||||
can be another file on the disk, a magnetic tape, or a pipe.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU cpio supports the following archive formats: binary, old ASCII, new
|
||||
ASCII, crc, HPUX binary, HPUX old ASCII, old tar, and POSIX.1 tar. The
|
||||
tar format is provided for compatability with the tar program. By
|
||||
default, cpio creates binary format archives, for compatibility with
|
||||
older cpio programs. When extracting from archives, cpio automatically
|
||||
recognizes which kind of archive it is reading and can read archives
|
||||
created on machines with a different byte-order.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Tutorial, Invoking `cpio', Introduction, Top
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@chapter Tutorial
|
||||
@cindex creating a cpio archive
|
||||
@cindex extracting a cpio archive
|
||||
@cindex copying directory structures
|
||||
@cindex passing directory structures
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GNU cpio performs three primary functions. Copying files to an
|
||||
archive, Extracting files from an archive, and passing files to another
|
||||
directory tree. An archive can be a file on disk, one or more floppy
|
||||
disks, or one or more tapes.
|
||||
|
||||
When creating an archive, cpio takes the list of files to be processed
|
||||
from the standard input, and then sends the archive to the standard
|
||||
output, or to the device defined by the @samp{-F} option.
|
||||
@xref{Copy-out mode}. Usually find or ls is used to provide this list
|
||||
to the standard input. In the following example you can see the
|
||||
possibilities for archiving the contents of a single directory.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@cartouche
|
||||
% ls | cpio -ov > directory.cpio
|
||||
@end cartouche
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
The @samp{-o} option creates the archive, and the @samp{-v} option
|
||||
prints the names of the files archived as they are added. Notice that
|
||||
the options can be put together after a single @samp{-} or can be placed
|
||||
separately on the command line. The @samp{>} redirects the cpio output
|
||||
to the file @samp{directory.cpio}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If you wanted to archive an entire directory tree, the find command can
|
||||
provide the file list to cpio:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@cartouche
|
||||
% find . -print -depth | cpio -ov > tree.cpio
|
||||
@end cartouche
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This will take all the files in the current directory, the directories
|
||||
below and place them in the archive tree.cpio. Again the @samp{-o}
|
||||
creates an archive, and the @samp{-v} option shows you the name of the
|
||||
files as they are archived. @xref{Copy-out mode}. Using the `.' in the
|
||||
find statement will give you more flexibility when doing restores, as it
|
||||
will save file names with a relative path vice a hard wired, absolute
|
||||
path. The @samp{-depth} option forces @samp{find} to print of the
|
||||
entries in a directory before printing the directory itself. This
|
||||
limits the effects of restrictive directory permissions by printing the
|
||||
directory entries in a directory before the directory name itself.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Extracting an archive requires a bit more thought because cpio will not
|
||||
create directories by default. Another characteristic, is it will not
|
||||
overwrite existing files unless you tell it to.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@cartouche
|
||||
% cpio -iv < directory.cpio
|
||||
@end cartouche
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
This will retrieve the files archived in the file directory.cpio and
|
||||
place them in the present directory. The @samp{-i} option extracts the
|
||||
archive and the @samp{-v} shows the file names as they are extracted.
|
||||
If you are dealing with an archived directory tree, you need to use the
|
||||
@samp{-d} option to create directories as necessary, something like:
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@cartouche
|
||||
% cpio -idv < tree.cpio
|
||||
@end cartouche
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
This will take the contents of the archive tree.cpio and extract it to
|
||||
the current directory. If you try to extract the files on top of files
|
||||
of the same name that already exist (and have the same or later
|
||||
modification time) cpio will not extract the file unless told to do so
|
||||
by the -u option. @xref{Copy-in mode}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to another,
|
||||
combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually using an
|
||||
archive. It reads the list of files to copy from the standard input;
|
||||
the directory into which it will copy them is given as a non-option
|
||||
argument. @xref{Copy-pass mode}.
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
@cartouche
|
||||
% find . -depth -print0 | cpio --null -pvd new-dir
|
||||
@end cartouche
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The example shows copying the files of the present directory, and
|
||||
sub-directories to a new directory called new-dir. Some new options are
|
||||
the @samp{-print0} available with GNU find, combined with the
|
||||
@samp{--null} option of cpio. These two options act together to send
|
||||
file names between find and cpio, even if special characters are
|
||||
embedded in the file names. Another is @samp{-p}, which tells cpio to
|
||||
pass the files it finds to the directory @samp{new-dir}.
|
||||
|
||||
@node Invoking `cpio', Media, Tutorial, Top
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@chapter Invoking cpio
|
||||
@cindex invoking cpio
|
||||
@cindex command line options
|
||||
|
||||
@menu
|
||||
* Copy-out mode::
|
||||
* Copy-in mode::
|
||||
* Copy-pass mode::
|
||||
* Options::
|
||||
@end menu
|
||||
|
||||
@node Copy-out mode, Copy-in mode, Invoking `cpio', Invoking `cpio'
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@section Copy-out mode
|
||||
|
||||
In copy-out mode, cpio copies files into an archive. It reads a list
|
||||
of filenames, one per line, on the standard input, and writes the
|
||||
archive onto the standard output. A typical way to generate the list
|
||||
of filenames is with the find command; you should give find the -depth
|
||||
option to minimize problems with permissions on directories that are
|
||||
unreadable.
|
||||
@xref{Options}.
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
cpio @{-o|--create@} [-0acvABLV] [-C bytes] [-H format]
|
||||
[-M message] [-O [[user@@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@@]host:]archive]
|
||||
[--file=[[user@@]host:]archive] [--format=format] [--sparse]
|
||||
[--message=message][--null] [--reset-access-time] [--verbose]
|
||||
[--dot] [--append] [--block-size=blocks] [--dereference]
|
||||
[--io-size=bytes] [--help] [--version] < name-list [> archive]
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@node Copy-in mode, Copy-pass mode, Copy-out mode, Invoking `cpio'
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@section Copy-in mode
|
||||
|
||||
In copy-in mode, cpio copies files out of an archive or lists the
|
||||
archive contents. It reads the archive from the standard input. Any
|
||||
non-option command line arguments are shell globbing patterns; only
|
||||
files in the archive whose names match one or more of those patterns are
|
||||
copied from the archive. Unlike in the shell, an initial `.' in a
|
||||
filename does match a wildcard at the start of a pattern, and a `/' in a
|
||||
filename can match wildcards. If no patterns are given, all files are
|
||||
extracted. @xref{Options}.
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
cpio @{-i|--extract@} [-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [-C bytes] [-E file]
|
||||
[-H format] [-M message] [-R [user][:.][group]]
|
||||
[-I [[user@@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@@]host:]archive]
|
||||
[--file=[[user@@]host:]archive] [--make-directories]
|
||||
[--nonmatching] [--preserve-modification-time]
|
||||
[--numeric-uid-gid] [--rename] [--list] [--swap-bytes] [--swap]
|
||||
[--dot] [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--block-size=blocks]
|
||||
[--swap-halfwords] [--io-size=bytes] [--pattern-file=file]
|
||||
[--format=format] [--owner=[user][:.][group]]
|
||||
[--no- preserve-owner] [--message=message] [--help] [--version]
|
||||
[-no-abosolute-filenames] [-only-verify-crc] [-quiet]
|
||||
[pattern...] [< archive]
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
@node Copy-pass mode, Options, Copy-in mode, Invoking `cpio'
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@section Copy-pass mode
|
||||
|
||||
In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to
|
||||
another, combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually
|
||||
using an archive. It reads the list of files to copy from the
|
||||
standard input; the directory into which it will copy them is given as
|
||||
a non-option argument.
|
||||
@xref{Options}.
|
||||
|
||||
@example
|
||||
cpio @{-p|--pass-through@} [-0adlmuvLV] [-R [user][:.][group]]
|
||||
[--null] [--reset-access-time] [--make-directories] [--link]
|
||||
[--preserve-modification-time] [--unconditional] [--verbose]
|
||||
[--dot] [--dereference] [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--sparse]
|
||||
[--no-preserve-owner] [--help] [--version] destination-directory
|
||||
< name-list
|
||||
@end example
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Options, , Copy-pass mode, Invoking `cpio'
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@section Options
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@table @code
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@item -0, --null
|
||||
Read a list of filenames terminated by a null character, instead of a
|
||||
newline, so that files whose names contain newlines can be archived.
|
||||
GNU find is one way to produce a list of null-terminated filenames.
|
||||
This option may be used in copy-out and copy-pass modes.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -a, --reset-access-time
|
||||
Reset the access times of files after reading them, so
|
||||
that it does not look like they have just been read.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -A, --append
|
||||
Append to an existing archive. Only works in copy-out
|
||||
mode. The archive must be a disk file specified with
|
||||
the -O or -F (--file) option.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -b, --swap
|
||||
Swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords in the data.
|
||||
Equivalent to -sS. This option may be used in copy-in mode. Use this
|
||||
option to convert 32-bit integers between big-endian and little-endian
|
||||
machines.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -B
|
||||
Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes. Initially the
|
||||
block size is 512 bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
@item --block-size=BLOCK-SIZE
|
||||
Set the I/O block size to BLOCK-SIZE * 512 bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -c
|
||||
Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -C IO-SIZE, --io-size=IO-SIZE
|
||||
Set the I/O block size to IO-SIZE bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -d, --make-directories
|
||||
Create leading directories where needed.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -E FILE, --pattern-file=FILE
|
||||
Read additional patterns specifying filenames to extract or list from
|
||||
FILE. The lines of FILE are treated as if they had been non-option
|
||||
arguments to cpio. This option is used in copy-in mode,
|
||||
|
||||
@item -f, --nonmatching
|
||||
Only copy files that do not match any of the given
|
||||
patterns.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -F, --file=archive
|
||||
Archive filename to use instead of standard input or output. To use a
|
||||
tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts
|
||||
with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an
|
||||
`@@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have
|
||||
permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts'
|
||||
file).
|
||||
|
||||
@item --force-local
|
||||
With -F, -I, or -O, take the archive file name to be a
|
||||
local file even if it contains a colon, which would
|
||||
ordinarily indicate a remote host name.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -H FORMAT, --format=FORMAT
|
||||
Use archive format FORMAT. The valid formats are listed below; the same
|
||||
names are also recognized in all-caps. The default in copy-in mode is
|
||||
to automatically detect the archive format, and in copy-out mode is
|
||||
@samp{bin}.
|
||||
|
||||
@table @samp
|
||||
@item bin
|
||||
The obsolete binary format.
|
||||
|
||||
@item odc
|
||||
The old (POSIX.1) portable format.
|
||||
|
||||
@item newc
|
||||
The new (SVR4) portable format, which supports file systems having more
|
||||
than 65536 i-nodes.
|
||||
|
||||
@item crc
|
||||
The new (SVR4) portable format with a checksum added.
|
||||
|
||||
@item tar
|
||||
The old tar format.
|
||||
|
||||
@item ustar
|
||||
The POSIX.1 tar format. Also recognizes GNU tar archives, which are
|
||||
similar but not identical.
|
||||
|
||||
@item hpbin
|
||||
The obsolete binary format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device
|
||||
files differently).
|
||||
|
||||
@item hpodc
|
||||
The portable format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files
|
||||
differently).
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
@item -i, --extract
|
||||
Run in copy-in mode.
|
||||
@xref{Copy-in mode}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -I archive
|
||||
Archive filename to use instead of standard input. To use a tape drive
|
||||
on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts with
|
||||
`HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an `@@' to
|
||||
access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have permission to do
|
||||
so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts' file).
|
||||
|
||||
@item -k
|
||||
Ignored; for compatibility with other versions of cpio.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -l, --link
|
||||
Link files instead of copying them, when possible.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -L, --dereference
|
||||
Copy the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symbolic
|
||||
link itself.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -m, --preserve-modification-time
|
||||
Retain previous file modification times when creating files.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -M MESSAGE, --message=MESSAGE
|
||||
Print MESSAGE when the end of a volume of the backup media (such as a
|
||||
tape or a floppy disk) is reached, to prompt the user to insert a new
|
||||
volume. If MESSAGE contains the string "%d", it is replaced by the
|
||||
current volume number (starting at 1).
|
||||
|
||||
@item -n, --numeric-uid-gid
|
||||
Show numeric UID and GID instead of translating them into names when using the
|
||||
@samp{--verbose option}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item --no-absolute-filenames
|
||||
Create all files relative to the current directory in copy-in mode, even
|
||||
if they have an absolute file name in the archive.
|
||||
|
||||
@item --no-preserve-owner
|
||||
Do not change the ownership of the files; leave them owned by the user
|
||||
extracting them. This is the default for non-root users, so that users
|
||||
on System V don't inadvertantly give away files. This option can be
|
||||
used in copy-in mode and copy-pass mode
|
||||
|
||||
@item -o, --create
|
||||
Run in copy-out mode.
|
||||
@xref{Copy-out mode}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -O archive
|
||||
Archive filename to use instead of standard output. To use a tape drive
|
||||
on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts with
|
||||
`HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an `@@' to
|
||||
access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have permission to do
|
||||
so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts' file).
|
||||
|
||||
@item --only-verify-crc
|
||||
Verify the CRC's of each file in the archive, when reading a CRC format
|
||||
archive. Don't actually extract the files.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -p, --pass-through
|
||||
Run in copy-pass mode.
|
||||
@xref{Copy-pass mode}.
|
||||
|
||||
@item --quiet
|
||||
Do not print the number of blocks copied.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -r, --rename
|
||||
Interactively rename files.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -R [user][:.][group], --owner [user][:.][group]
|
||||
Set the ownership of all files created to the specified user and/or
|
||||
group in copy-out and copy-pass modes. Either the user, the group, or
|
||||
both, must be present. If the group is omitted but the ":" or "."
|
||||
separator is given, use the given user's login group. Only the
|
||||
super-user can change files' ownership.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -s, --swap-bytes
|
||||
Swap the bytes of each halfword (pair of bytes) in the files.This option
|
||||
can be used in copy-in mode.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -S, --swap-halfwords
|
||||
Swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the files. This option may
|
||||
be used in copy-in mode.
|
||||
|
||||
@item --sparse
|
||||
Write files with large blocks of zeros as sparse files. This option is
|
||||
used in copy-out and copy-pass modes.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -t, --list
|
||||
Print a table of contents of the input.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -u, --unconditional
|
||||
Replace all files, without asking whether to replace
|
||||
existing newer files with older files.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -v, --verbose
|
||||
List the files processed, or with @samp{-t}, give an @samp{ls -l} style
|
||||
table of contents listing. In a verbose table of contents of a ustar
|
||||
archive, user and group names in the archive that do not exist on the
|
||||
local system are replaced by the names that correspond locally to the
|
||||
numeric UID and GID stored in the archive.
|
||||
|
||||
@item -V --dot
|
||||
Print a @kbd{.} for each file processed.
|
||||
|
||||
@item --version
|
||||
Print the cpio program version number and exit.
|
||||
@end table
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Media, Concept Index, Invoking `cpio', Top
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@chapter Magnetic Media
|
||||
@cindex magnetic media
|
||||
|
||||
Archives are usually written on removable media--tape cartridges, mag
|
||||
tapes, or floppy disks.
|
||||
|
||||
The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
|
||||
but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
|
||||
holds 40 megabytes of data when formated at 1600 bits per inch. The
|
||||
physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
|
||||
|
||||
Magnetic media are re-usable--once the archive on a tape is no longer
|
||||
needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over. Media
|
||||
quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks should
|
||||
be disgarded when they begin to produce data errors.
|
||||
|
||||
Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and should
|
||||
be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data. Sticking
|
||||
a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably not a good
|
||||
idea.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@node Concept Index, , Media, Top
|
||||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||||
@unnumbered Concept Index
|
||||
@printindex cp
|
||||
@contents
|
||||
@bye
|
@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Extended cpio header from POSIX.1.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CPIOHDR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define _CPIOHDR_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <cpio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
struct old_cpio_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned short c_magic;
|
||||
short c_dev;
|
||||
unsigned short c_ino;
|
||||
unsigned short c_mode;
|
||||
unsigned short c_uid;
|
||||
unsigned short c_gid;
|
||||
unsigned short c_nlink;
|
||||
short c_rdev;
|
||||
unsigned short c_mtimes[2];
|
||||
unsigned short c_namesize;
|
||||
unsigned short c_filesizes[2];
|
||||
unsigned long c_mtime; /* Long-aligned copy of `c_mtimes'. */
|
||||
unsigned long c_filesize; /* Long-aligned copy of `c_filesizes'. */
|
||||
char *c_name;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* "New" portable format and CRC format:
|
||||
|
||||
Each file has a 110 byte header,
|
||||
a variable length, NUL terminated filename,
|
||||
and variable length file data.
|
||||
A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings
|
||||
of hexadecimal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated.
|
||||
|
||||
Field Name Length in Bytes Notes
|
||||
c_magic 6 "070701" for "new" portable format
|
||||
"070702" for CRC format
|
||||
c_ino 8
|
||||
c_mode 8
|
||||
c_uid 8
|
||||
c_gid 8
|
||||
c_nlink 8
|
||||
c_mtime 8
|
||||
c_filesize 8 must be 0 for FIFOs and directories
|
||||
c_maj 8
|
||||
c_min 8
|
||||
c_rmaj 8 only valid for chr and blk special files
|
||||
c_rmin 8 only valid for chr and blk special files
|
||||
c_namesize 8 count includes terminating NUL in pathname
|
||||
c_chksum 8 0 for "new" portable format; for CRC format
|
||||
the sum of all the bytes in the file */
|
||||
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned short c_magic;
|
||||
unsigned long c_ino;
|
||||
unsigned long c_mode;
|
||||
unsigned long c_uid;
|
||||
unsigned long c_gid;
|
||||
unsigned long c_nlink;
|
||||
unsigned long c_mtime;
|
||||
unsigned long c_filesize;
|
||||
long c_dev_maj;
|
||||
long c_dev_min;
|
||||
long c_rdev_maj;
|
||||
long c_rdev_min;
|
||||
unsigned long c_namesize;
|
||||
unsigned long c_chksum;
|
||||
char *c_name;
|
||||
char *c_tar_linkname;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* cpiohdr.h */
|
@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* defer.c - handle "defered" links in newc and crc archives
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include "system.h"
|
||||
#include "cpiohdr.h"
|
||||
#include "extern.h"
|
||||
#include "defer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct deferment *
|
||||
create_deferment (file_hdr)
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct deferment *d;
|
||||
d = (struct deferment *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct deferment) );
|
||||
d->header = *file_hdr;
|
||||
d->header.c_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (file_hdr->c_name) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy (d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name);
|
||||
return d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
free_deferment (d)
|
||||
struct deferment *d;
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (d->header.c_name);
|
||||
free (d);
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
|
||||
struct deferment
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct deferment *next;
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header header;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct deferment *create_deferment P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr));
|
||||
void free_deferment P_((struct deferment *d));
|
@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *malloc ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
#ifndef strrchr
|
||||
#define strrchr rindex
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
|
||||
allocated with malloc. If out of memory, return 0.
|
||||
Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
|
||||
removed. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dirname (path)
|
||||
char *path;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newpath;
|
||||
char *slash;
|
||||
int length; /* Length of result, not including NUL. */
|
||||
|
||||
slash = strrchr (path, '/');
|
||||
if (slash == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* File is in the current directory. */
|
||||
path = ".";
|
||||
length = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Remove any trailing slashes from the result. */
|
||||
while (slash > path && *slash == '/')
|
||||
--slash;
|
||||
|
||||
length = slash - path + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
|
||||
if (newpath == 0)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
strncpy (newpath, path, length);
|
||||
newpath[length] = 0;
|
||||
return newpath;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* dstring.c - The dynamic string handling routines used by cpio.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "dstring.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
# define P_(s) s
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define P_(s) ()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
char *xmalloc P_((unsigned n));
|
||||
char *xrealloc P_((char *p, unsigned n));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialiaze dynamic string STRING with space for SIZE characters. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
ds_init (string, size)
|
||||
dynamic_string *string;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
{
|
||||
string->ds_length = size;
|
||||
string->ds_string = (char *) xmalloc (size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Expand dynamic string STRING, if necessary, to hold SIZE characters. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
ds_resize (string, size)
|
||||
dynamic_string *string;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (size > string->ds_length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string->ds_length = size;
|
||||
string->ds_string = (char *) xrealloc ((char *) string->ds_string, size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Dynamic string S gets a string terminated by the EOS character
|
||||
(which is removed) from file F. S will increase
|
||||
in size during the function if the string from F is longer than
|
||||
the current size of S.
|
||||
Return NULL if end of file is detected. Otherwise,
|
||||
Return a pointer to the null-terminated string in S. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
ds_fgetstr (f, s, eos)
|
||||
FILE *f;
|
||||
dynamic_string *s;
|
||||
char eos;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int insize; /* Amount needed for line. */
|
||||
int strsize; /* Amount allocated for S. */
|
||||
int next_ch;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize. */
|
||||
insize = 0;
|
||||
strsize = s->ds_length;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the input string. */
|
||||
next_ch = getc (f);
|
||||
while (next_ch != eos && next_ch != EOF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (insize >= strsize - 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ds_resize (s, strsize * 2 + 2);
|
||||
strsize = s->ds_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
s->ds_string[insize++] = next_ch;
|
||||
next_ch = getc (f);
|
||||
}
|
||||
s->ds_string[insize++] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
if (insize == 1 && next_ch == EOF)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return s->ds_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
ds_fgets (f, s)
|
||||
FILE *f;
|
||||
dynamic_string *s;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\n');
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
ds_fgetname (f, s)
|
||||
FILE *f;
|
||||
dynamic_string *s;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\0');
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* dstring.h - Dynamic string handling include file. Requires strings.h.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
#define NULL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* A dynamic string consists of record that records the size of an
|
||||
allocated string and the pointer to that string. The actual string
|
||||
is a normal zero byte terminated string that can be used with the
|
||||
usual string functions. The major difference is that the
|
||||
dynamic_string routines know how to get more space if it is needed
|
||||
by allocating new space and copying the current string. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ds_length; /* Actual amount of storage allocated. */
|
||||
char *ds_string; /* String. */
|
||||
} dynamic_string;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros that look similar to the original string functions.
|
||||
WARNING: These macros work only on pointers to dynamic string records.
|
||||
If used with a real record, an "&" must be used to get the pointer. */
|
||||
#define ds_strlen(s) strlen ((s)->ds_string)
|
||||
#define ds_strcmp(s1, s2) strcmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string)
|
||||
#define ds_strncmp(s1, s2, n) strncmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string, n)
|
||||
#define ds_index(s, c) index ((s)->ds_string, c)
|
||||
#define ds_rindex(s, c) rindex ((s)->ds_string, c)
|
||||
|
||||
void ds_init ();
|
||||
void ds_resize ();
|
||||
char *ds_fgetname ();
|
||||
char *ds_fgets ();
|
||||
char *ds_fgetstr ();
|
@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# include <varargs.h>
|
||||
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
|
||||
# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void exit ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
|
||||
unsigned int error_message_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
|
||||
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
|
||||
function without parameters instead. */
|
||||
void (*error_print_progname) () = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
#define program_name program_invocation_name
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
|
||||
name of the executing program. */
|
||||
extern char *program_name;
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STRERROR || _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef strerror /* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
|
||||
char *strerror ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
private_strerror (errnum)
|
||||
int errnum;
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern char *sys_errlist[];
|
||||
extern int sys_nerr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
|
||||
return sys_errlist[errnum];
|
||||
return "Unknown system error";
|
||||
}
|
||||
#define strerror private_strerror
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
|
||||
format string with optional args.
|
||||
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
|
||||
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
|
||||
/* VARARGS */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
|
||||
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
int errnum;
|
||||
char *message;
|
||||
va_dcl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (error_print_progname)
|
||||
(*error_print_progname) ();
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
fflush (stdout);
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef VA_START
|
||||
VA_START (args, message);
|
||||
# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
|
||||
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
_doprnt (message, args, stderr);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
++error_message_count;
|
||||
|
||||
if (errnum)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
|
||||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
fflush (stderr);
|
||||
if (status)
|
||||
exit (status);
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* extern.h - External declarations for cpio. Requires system.h.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
enum archive_format
|
||||
{
|
||||
arf_unknown, arf_binary, arf_oldascii, arf_newascii, arf_crcascii,
|
||||
arf_tar, arf_ustar, arf_hpoldascii, arf_hpbinary
|
||||
};
|
||||
extern enum archive_format archive_format;
|
||||
extern int reset_time_flag;
|
||||
extern int io_block_size;
|
||||
extern int create_dir_flag;
|
||||
extern int rename_flag;
|
||||
extern char *rename_batch_file;
|
||||
extern int table_flag;
|
||||
extern int unconditional_flag;
|
||||
extern int verbose_flag;
|
||||
extern int dot_flag;
|
||||
extern int link_flag;
|
||||
extern int retain_time_flag;
|
||||
extern int crc_i_flag;
|
||||
extern int append_flag;
|
||||
extern int swap_bytes_flag;
|
||||
extern int swap_halfwords_flag;
|
||||
extern int swapping_bytes;
|
||||
extern int swapping_halfwords;
|
||||
extern int set_owner_flag;
|
||||
extern uid_t set_owner;
|
||||
extern int set_group_flag;
|
||||
extern gid_t set_group;
|
||||
extern int no_chown_flag;
|
||||
extern int sparse_flag;
|
||||
extern int quiet_flag;
|
||||
extern int only_verify_crc_flag;
|
||||
extern int no_abs_paths_flag;
|
||||
|
||||
extern int last_header_start;
|
||||
extern int copy_matching_files;
|
||||
extern int numeric_uid;
|
||||
extern char *pattern_file_name;
|
||||
extern char *new_media_message;
|
||||
extern char *new_media_message_with_number;
|
||||
extern char *new_media_message_after_number;
|
||||
extern int archive_des;
|
||||
extern char *archive_name;
|
||||
extern unsigned long crc;
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
|
||||
extern int debug_flag;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
extern char *input_buffer, *output_buffer;
|
||||
extern char *in_buff, *out_buff;
|
||||
extern long input_buffer_size;
|
||||
extern long input_size, output_size;
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
extern long long input_bytes, output_bytes;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern long input_bytes, output_bytes;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char zeros_512[];
|
||||
extern char *directory_name;
|
||||
extern char **save_patterns;
|
||||
extern int num_patterns;
|
||||
extern char name_end;
|
||||
extern char input_is_special;
|
||||
extern char output_is_special;
|
||||
extern char input_is_seekable;
|
||||
extern char output_is_seekable;
|
||||
extern int f_force_local;
|
||||
extern char *program_name;
|
||||
extern int (*xstat) ();
|
||||
extern void (*copy_function) ();
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__ || defined(__MSDOS__)
|
||||
# define P_(s) s
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define P_(s) ()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* copyin.c */
|
||||
void read_in_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
|
||||
void read_in_old_ascii P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
|
||||
void read_in_new_ascii P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
|
||||
void read_in_binary P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
|
||||
void swab_array P_((char *arg, int count));
|
||||
void process_copy_in P_((void));
|
||||
void long_format P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, char *link_name));
|
||||
void print_name_with_quoting P_((char *p));
|
||||
|
||||
/* copyout.c */
|
||||
void write_out_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int out_des));
|
||||
void process_copy_out P_((void));
|
||||
|
||||
/* copypass.c */
|
||||
void process_copy_pass P_((void));
|
||||
int link_to_maj_min_ino P_((char *file_name, int st_dev_maj,
|
||||
int st_dev_min, int st_ino));
|
||||
int link_to_name P_((char *link_name, char *link_target));
|
||||
|
||||
/* dirname.c */
|
||||
char *dirname P_((char *path));
|
||||
|
||||
/* error.c */
|
||||
void error P_((int status, int errnum, char *message, ...));
|
||||
|
||||
/* filemode.c */
|
||||
void mode_string P_((unsigned int mode, char *str));
|
||||
|
||||
/* idcache.c */
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
char *getgroup ();
|
||||
char *getuser ();
|
||||
uid_t *getuidbyname ();
|
||||
gid_t *getgidbyname ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* main.c */
|
||||
void process_args P_((int argc, char *argv[]));
|
||||
void initialize_buffers P_((void));
|
||||
|
||||
/* makepath.c */
|
||||
int make_path P_((char *argpath, int mode, int parent_mode,
|
||||
uid_t owner, gid_t group, char *verbose_fmt_string));
|
||||
|
||||
/* stripslash.c */
|
||||
void strip_trailing_slashes P_((char *path));
|
||||
|
||||
/* tar.c */
|
||||
void write_out_tar_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int out_des));
|
||||
int null_block P_((long *block, int size));
|
||||
void read_in_tar_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
|
||||
int otoa P_((char *s, unsigned long *n));
|
||||
int is_tar_header P_((char *buf));
|
||||
int is_tar_filename_too_long P_((char *name));
|
||||
|
||||
/* userspec.c */
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
char *parse_user_spec P_((char *name, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
|
||||
char **username, char **groupname));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* util.c */
|
||||
void tape_empty_output_buffer P_((int out_des));
|
||||
void disk_empty_output_buffer P_((int out_des));
|
||||
void swahw_array P_((char *ptr, int count));
|
||||
void tape_buffered_write P_((char *in_buf, int out_des, long num_bytes));
|
||||
void tape_buffered_read P_((char *in_buf, int in_des, long num_bytes));
|
||||
int tape_buffered_peek P_((char *peek_buf, int in_des, int num_bytes));
|
||||
void tape_toss_input P_((int in_des, long num_bytes));
|
||||
void copy_files_tape_to_disk P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes));
|
||||
void copy_files_disk_to_tape P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes, char *filename));
|
||||
void copy_files_disk_to_disk P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes, char *filename));
|
||||
void create_all_directories P_((char *name));
|
||||
void prepare_append P_((int out_file_des));
|
||||
char *find_inode_file P_((unsigned long node_num,
|
||||
unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num));
|
||||
void add_inode P_((unsigned long node_num, char *file_name,
|
||||
unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num));
|
||||
int open_archive P_((char *file));
|
||||
void tape_offline P_((int tape_des));
|
||||
void get_next_reel P_((int tape_des));
|
||||
void set_new_media_message P_((char *message));
|
||||
#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
int chown P_((char *path, int owner, int group));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __TURBOC__
|
||||
int utime P_((char *filename, struct utimbuf *utb));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
char *add_cdf_double_slashes P_((char *filename));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* xmalloc.c */
|
||||
char *xmalloc P_((unsigned n));
|
||||
char *xrealloc P_((char *p, unsigned n));
|
||||
|
||||
/* xstrdup.c */
|
||||
char *xstrdup P_((char *string));
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE (512)
|
@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !S_IRUSR
|
||||
# if S_IREAD
|
||||
# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define S_IRUSR 00400
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !S_IWUSR
|
||||
# if S_IWRITE
|
||||
# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define S_IWUSR 00200
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !S_IXUSR
|
||||
# if S_IEXEC
|
||||
# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define S_IXUSR 00100
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
|
||||
#undef S_ISBLK
|
||||
#undef S_ISCHR
|
||||
#undef S_ISDIR
|
||||
#undef S_ISFIFO
|
||||
#undef S_ISLNK
|
||||
#undef S_ISMPB
|
||||
#undef S_ISMPC
|
||||
#undef S_ISNWK
|
||||
#undef S_ISREG
|
||||
#undef S_ISSOCK
|
||||
#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
|
||||
#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
|
||||
#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
|
||||
#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
|
||||
#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
|
||||
#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
|
||||
#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
|
||||
#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
|
||||
#define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
|
||||
#define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
|
||||
#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void mode_string ();
|
||||
static char ftypelet ();
|
||||
static void rwx ();
|
||||
static void setst ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
|
||||
representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
|
||||
10 characters are stored in STR; no terminating null is added.
|
||||
The characters stored in STR are:
|
||||
|
||||
0 File type. 'd' for directory, 'c' for character
|
||||
special, 'b' for block special, 'm' for multiplex,
|
||||
'l' for symbolic link, 's' for socket, 'p' for fifo,
|
||||
'-' for regular, '?' for any other file type
|
||||
|
||||
1 'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
2 'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
3 'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
|
||||
set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
|
||||
'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
|
||||
bit isn't set.
|
||||
|
||||
4 'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
5 'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
6 'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
|
||||
set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
|
||||
'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
|
||||
|
||||
7 'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
8 'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
9 'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
|
||||
(will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
|
||||
otherwise.
|
||||
'T' if the file is sticky but not executable. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
filemodestring (statp, str)
|
||||
struct stat *statp;
|
||||
char *str;
|
||||
{
|
||||
mode_string (statp->st_mode, str);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
|
||||
is given as an argument. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
mode_string (mode, str)
|
||||
unsigned short mode;
|
||||
char *str;
|
||||
{
|
||||
str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
|
||||
rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
|
||||
rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
|
||||
rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
|
||||
setst (mode, str);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
|
||||
file mode BITS:
|
||||
'd' for directories
|
||||
'b' for block special files
|
||||
'c' for character special files
|
||||
'm' for multiplexor files
|
||||
'l' for symbolic links
|
||||
's' for sockets
|
||||
'p' for fifos
|
||||
'-' for regular files
|
||||
'?' for any other file type. */
|
||||
|
||||
static char
|
||||
ftypelet (bits)
|
||||
long bits;
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISBLK
|
||||
if (S_ISBLK (bits))
|
||||
return 'b';
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (S_ISCHR (bits))
|
||||
return 'c';
|
||||
if (S_ISDIR (bits))
|
||||
return 'd';
|
||||
if (S_ISREG (bits))
|
||||
return '-';
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISFIFO
|
||||
if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
|
||||
return 'p';
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISLNK
|
||||
if (S_ISLNK (bits))
|
||||
return 'l';
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISSOCK
|
||||
if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
|
||||
return 's';
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISMPC
|
||||
if (S_ISMPC (bits))
|
||||
return 'm';
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISNWK
|
||||
if (S_ISNWK (bits))
|
||||
return 'n';
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
|
||||
flags in CHARS accordingly. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
rwx (bits, chars)
|
||||
unsigned short bits;
|
||||
char *chars;
|
||||
{
|
||||
chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
|
||||
chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
|
||||
chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
|
||||
according to the file mode BITS. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
setst (bits, chars)
|
||||
unsigned short bits;
|
||||
char *chars;
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISUID
|
||||
if (bits & S_ISUID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chars[3] != 'x')
|
||||
/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner. */
|
||||
chars[3] = 'S';
|
||||
else
|
||||
chars[3] = 's';
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISGID
|
||||
if (bits & S_ISGID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chars[6] != 'x')
|
||||
/* Set-gid, but not executable by group. */
|
||||
chars[6] = 'S';
|
||||
else
|
||||
chars[6] = 's';
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef S_ISVTX
|
||||
if (bits & S_ISVTX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chars[9] != 'x')
|
||||
/* Sticky, but not executable by others. */
|
||||
chars[9] = 'T';
|
||||
else
|
||||
chars[9] = 't';
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* filetypes.h - deal with POSIX annoyances
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Include sys/types.h and sys/stat.h before this file. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef S_ISREG /* Doesn't have POSIX.1 stat stuff. */
|
||||
#define mode_t unsigned short
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define the POSIX macros for systems that lack them. */
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
|
||||
#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
|
||||
#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
|
||||
#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
|
||||
#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
|
||||
#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
|
||||
#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
|
||||
#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX network special */
|
||||
#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define the file type bits used in cpio archives.
|
||||
They have the same values as the S_IF bits in traditional Unix. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CP_IFMT 0170000 /* Mask for all file type bits. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(S_ISBLK)
|
||||
#define CP_IFBLK 0060000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(S_ISCHR)
|
||||
#define CP_IFCHR 0020000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(S_ISDIR)
|
||||
#define CP_IFDIR 0040000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(S_ISREG)
|
||||
#define CP_IFREG 0100000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(S_ISFIFO)
|
||||
#define CP_IFIFO 0010000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(S_ISLNK)
|
||||
#define CP_IFLNK 0120000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(S_ISSOCK)
|
||||
#define CP_IFSOCK 0140000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(S_ISNWK)
|
||||
#define CP_IFNWK 0110000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef S_ISLNK
|
||||
#define lstat stat
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int lstat ();
|
||||
int stat ();
|
@ -1,765 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Getopt for GNU.
|
||||
NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
|
||||
"Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||
before changing it!
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
|
||||
Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */
|
||||
#ifndef _NO_PROTO
|
||||
#define _NO_PROTO
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
|
||||
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
|
||||
reject `defined (const)'. */
|
||||
#ifndef const
|
||||
#define const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
|
||||
actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
|
||||
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
|
||||
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
|
||||
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
|
||||
program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
|
||||
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This needs to come after some library #include
|
||||
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
|
||||
/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
|
||||
contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif /* GNU C library. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _
|
||||
/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
|
||||
When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _(msgid) (msgid)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
|
||||
but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
|
||||
to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
|
||||
when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
|
||||
all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
|
||||
Then the behavior is completely standard.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
|
||||
they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "getopt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
|
||||
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
|
||||
the argument value is returned here.
|
||||
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
|
||||
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *optarg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
|
||||
This is used for communication to and from the caller
|
||||
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
|
||||
|
||||
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
|
||||
|
||||
When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
|
||||
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
|
||||
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
|
||||
int optind = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
|
||||
in which the last option character we returned was found.
|
||||
This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
|
||||
|
||||
If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
|
||||
by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
|
||||
|
||||
static char *nextchar;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
|
||||
for unrecognized options. */
|
||||
|
||||
int opterr = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
|
||||
This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
|
||||
system's own getopt implementation. */
|
||||
|
||||
int optopt = '?';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
|
||||
|
||||
If the caller did not specify anything,
|
||||
the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
|
||||
POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
|
||||
stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
|
||||
This is what Unix does.
|
||||
This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
|
||||
variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
|
||||
of the list of option characters.
|
||||
|
||||
PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
|
||||
so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options
|
||||
to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
|
||||
expect this.
|
||||
|
||||
RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
|
||||
to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
|
||||
the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element
|
||||
as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
|
||||
Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
|
||||
selects this mode of operation.
|
||||
|
||||
The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
|
||||
of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
|
||||
`--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */
|
||||
|
||||
static enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
|
||||
} ordering;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */
|
||||
static char *posixly_correct;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
|
||||
/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
|
||||
because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
|
||||
On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
|
||||
in GCC. */
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#define my_index strchr
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
|
||||
whose names are inconsistent. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
my_index (str, chr)
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
int chr;
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (*str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*str == chr)
|
||||
return (char *) str;
|
||||
str++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
|
||||
If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
|
||||
That was relevant to code that was here before. */
|
||||
#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
|
||||
/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
|
||||
and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */
|
||||
extern int strlen (const char *);
|
||||
#endif /* not __STDC__ */
|
||||
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
|
||||
been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
|
||||
`last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int first_nonopt;
|
||||
static int last_nonopt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
|
||||
One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
|
||||
which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
|
||||
The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
|
||||
the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
|
||||
|
||||
`first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
|
||||
the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
exchange (argv)
|
||||
char **argv;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int bottom = first_nonopt;
|
||||
int middle = last_nonopt;
|
||||
int top = optind;
|
||||
char *tem;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
|
||||
That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
|
||||
It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
|
||||
but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Bottom segment is the short one. */
|
||||
int len = middle - bottom;
|
||||
register int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tem = argv[bottom + i];
|
||||
argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
|
||||
argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
|
||||
top -= len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Top segment is the short one. */
|
||||
int len = top - middle;
|
||||
register int i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tem = argv[bottom + i];
|
||||
argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
|
||||
argv[middle + i] = tem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
|
||||
bottom += len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
|
||||
|
||||
first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
|
||||
last_nonopt = optind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */
|
||||
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_getopt_initialize (optstring)
|
||||
const char *optstring;
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
|
||||
is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
|
||||
non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
|
||||
|
||||
first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
nextchar = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (optstring[0] == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
|
||||
++optstring;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (optstring[0] == '+')
|
||||
{
|
||||
ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
|
||||
++optstring;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
|
||||
ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
ordering = PERMUTE;
|
||||
|
||||
return optstring;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
|
||||
given in OPTSTRING.
|
||||
|
||||
If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
|
||||
then it is an option element. The characters of this element
|
||||
(aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt'
|
||||
is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
|
||||
from each of the option elements.
|
||||
|
||||
If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
|
||||
updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
|
||||
resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
|
||||
|
||||
If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
|
||||
Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
|
||||
that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
|
||||
so that those that are not options now come last.)
|
||||
|
||||
OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
|
||||
If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
|
||||
return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to
|
||||
zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
|
||||
|
||||
If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
|
||||
so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
|
||||
ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
|
||||
wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
|
||||
it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
|
||||
|
||||
If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
|
||||
handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
|
||||
See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
|
||||
|
||||
Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
|
||||
Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
|
||||
or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
|
||||
argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
|
||||
from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
|
||||
When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
|
||||
`flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
|
||||
if the `flag' field is zero.
|
||||
|
||||
The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
|
||||
But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
|
||||
with other systems.
|
||||
|
||||
LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
|
||||
element containing a name which is zero.
|
||||
|
||||
LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
|
||||
It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
|
||||
recent call.
|
||||
|
||||
If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
|
||||
long-named options. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char *const *argv;
|
||||
const char *optstring;
|
||||
const struct option *longopts;
|
||||
int *longind;
|
||||
int long_only;
|
||||
{
|
||||
optarg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (optind == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
|
||||
optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (ordering == PERMUTE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
|
||||
exchange them so that the options come first. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
|
||||
exchange ((char **) argv);
|
||||
else if (last_nonopt != optind)
|
||||
first_nonopt = optind;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip any additional non-options
|
||||
and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (optind < argc
|
||||
&& (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
last_nonopt = optind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
|
||||
Skip it like a null option,
|
||||
then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
|
||||
then skip everything else like a non-option. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
|
||||
exchange ((char **) argv);
|
||||
else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
|
||||
first_nonopt = optind;
|
||||
last_nonopt = argc;
|
||||
|
||||
optind = argc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
|
||||
and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (optind == argc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
|
||||
that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
|
||||
if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
|
||||
optind = first_nonopt;
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
|
||||
either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
|
||||
|
||||
if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
optarg = argv[optind++];
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
|
||||
Skip the initial punctuation. */
|
||||
|
||||
nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
|
||||
+ (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
|
||||
|
||||
If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
|
||||
a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
|
||||
a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no
|
||||
way to give the -f short option.
|
||||
|
||||
On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
|
||||
the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
|
||||
the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
|
||||
|
||||
This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (longopts != NULL
|
||||
&& (argv[optind][1] == '-'
|
||||
|| (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *nameend;
|
||||
const struct option *p;
|
||||
const struct option *pfound = NULL;
|
||||
int exact = 0;
|
||||
int ambig = 0;
|
||||
int indfound;
|
||||
int option_index;
|
||||
|
||||
for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
|
||||
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test all long options for either exact match
|
||||
or abbreviated matches. */
|
||||
for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
|
||||
if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Exact match found. */
|
||||
pfound = p;
|
||||
indfound = option_index;
|
||||
exact = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (pfound == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First nonexact match found. */
|
||||
pfound = p;
|
||||
indfound = option_index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* Second or later nonexact match found. */
|
||||
ambig = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ambig && !exact)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], argv[optind]);
|
||||
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
return '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (pfound != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
option_index = indfound;
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
if (*nameend)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
|
||||
allow it to be used on enums. */
|
||||
if (pfound->has_arg)
|
||||
optarg = nameend + 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
|
||||
/* --option */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||||
_("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], pfound->name);
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* +option or -option */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||||
_("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
|
||||
|
||||
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
|
||||
return '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (optind < argc)
|
||||
optarg = argv[optind++];
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||||
_("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
|
||||
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
|
||||
return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
|
||||
if (longind != NULL)
|
||||
*longind = option_index;
|
||||
if (pfound->flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pfound->val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
|
||||
or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
|
||||
option, then it's an error.
|
||||
Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
|
||||
if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
|
||||
|| my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
|
||||
/* --option */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], nextchar);
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* +option or -option */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
|
||||
}
|
||||
nextchar = (char *) "";
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
return '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
char c = *nextchar++;
|
||||
char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */
|
||||
if (*nextchar == '\0')
|
||||
++optind;
|
||||
|
||||
if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (posixly_correct)
|
||||
/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], c);
|
||||
else
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
optopt = c;
|
||||
return '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (temp[1] == ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (temp[2] == ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
|
||||
if (*nextchar != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
optarg = nextchar;
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
optarg = NULL;
|
||||
nextchar = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This is an option that requires an argument. */
|
||||
if (*nextchar != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
optarg = nextchar;
|
||||
/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
|
||||
we must advance to the next element now. */
|
||||
optind++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (optind == argc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (opterr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
|
||||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||||
_("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
|
||||
argv[0], c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
optopt = c;
|
||||
if (optstring[0] == ':')
|
||||
c = ':';
|
||||
else
|
||||
c = '?';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* We already incremented `optind' once;
|
||||
increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
|
||||
optarg = argv[optind++];
|
||||
nextchar = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char *const *argv;
|
||||
const char *optstring;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
|
||||
(const struct option *) 0,
|
||||
(int *) 0,
|
||||
0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TEST
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
|
||||
the above definition of `getopt'. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main (argc, argv)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char **argv;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
int digit_optind = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '0':
|
||||
case '1':
|
||||
case '2':
|
||||
case '3':
|
||||
case '4':
|
||||
case '5':
|
||||
case '6':
|
||||
case '7':
|
||||
case '8':
|
||||
case '9':
|
||||
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
|
||||
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
|
||||
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
|
||||
printf ("option %c\n", c);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'a':
|
||||
printf ("option a\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'b':
|
||||
printf ("option b\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '?':
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (optind < argc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
|
||||
while (optind < argc)
|
||||
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
|
||||
printf ("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TEST */
|
@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Declarations for getopt.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETOPT_H
|
||||
#define _GETOPT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
|
||||
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
|
||||
the argument value is returned here.
|
||||
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
|
||||
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern char *optarg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
|
||||
This is used for communication to and from the caller
|
||||
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
|
||||
|
||||
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
|
||||
|
||||
When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
|
||||
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
|
||||
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern int optind;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
|
||||
for unrecognized options. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern int opterr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
|
||||
|
||||
extern int optopt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
|
||||
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
|
||||
of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
|
||||
zero.
|
||||
|
||||
The field `has_arg' is:
|
||||
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
|
||||
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
|
||||
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
|
||||
|
||||
If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
|
||||
to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
|
||||
left unchanged if the option is not found.
|
||||
|
||||
To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
|
||||
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
|
||||
option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
|
||||
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
|
||||
one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
|
||||
returns the contents of the `val' field. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct option
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
|
||||
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
|
||||
int has_arg;
|
||||
int *flag;
|
||||
int val;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define no_argument 0
|
||||
#define required_argument 1
|
||||
#define optional_argument 2
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
|
||||
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
|
||||
/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
|
||||
differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
|
||||
errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
|
||||
extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
|
||||
#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
|
||||
extern int getopt ();
|
||||
#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
|
||||
extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
|
||||
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
|
||||
extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
|
||||
const char *shortopts,
|
||||
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
|
||||
extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
|
||||
const char *shortopts,
|
||||
const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
|
||||
int long_only);
|
||||
#else /* not __STDC__ */
|
||||
extern int getopt ();
|
||||
extern int getopt_long ();
|
||||
extern int getopt_long_only ();
|
||||
|
||||
extern int _getopt_internal ();
|
||||
#endif /* __STDC__ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
|
@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994
|
||||
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "getopt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
|
||||
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
|
||||
reject `defined (const)'. */
|
||||
#ifndef const
|
||||
#define const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
|
||||
actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
|
||||
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
|
||||
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
|
||||
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
|
||||
program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
|
||||
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This needs to come after some library #include
|
||||
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
#define NULL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char *const *argv;
|
||||
const char *options;
|
||||
const struct option *long_options;
|
||||
int *opt_index;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
|
||||
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
|
||||
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
|
||||
instead. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char *const *argv;
|
||||
const char *options;
|
||||
const struct option *long_options;
|
||||
int *opt_index;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TEST
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main (argc, argv)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char **argv;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
int digit_optind = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
|
||||
int option_index = 0;
|
||||
static struct option long_options[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
|
||||
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
|
||||
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
|
||||
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
|
||||
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
|
||||
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
|
||||
{0, 0, 0, 0}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
|
||||
long_options, &option_index);
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
|
||||
if (optarg)
|
||||
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
|
||||
printf ("\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '0':
|
||||
case '1':
|
||||
case '2':
|
||||
case '3':
|
||||
case '4':
|
||||
case '5':
|
||||
case '6':
|
||||
case '7':
|
||||
case '8':
|
||||
case '9':
|
||||
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
|
||||
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
|
||||
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
|
||||
printf ("option %c\n", c);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'a':
|
||||
printf ("option a\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'b':
|
||||
printf ("option b\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'd':
|
||||
printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '?':
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (optind < argc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
|
||||
while (optind < argc)
|
||||
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
|
||||
printf ("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* TEST */
|
@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* global.c - global variables and initial values for cpio.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include "cpiohdr.h"
|
||||
#include "dstring.h"
|
||||
#include "system.h"
|
||||
#include "extern.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, reset access times after reading files (-a). */
|
||||
int reset_time_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Block size value, initially 512. -B sets to 5120. */
|
||||
int io_block_size = 512;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The header format to recognize and produce. */
|
||||
enum archive_format archive_format = arf_unknown;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, create directories as needed. (-d with -i or -p) */
|
||||
int create_dir_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, interactively rename files. (-r) */
|
||||
int rename_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If non-NULL, the name of a file that will be read to
|
||||
rename all of the files in the archive. --rename-batch-file. */
|
||||
char *rename_batch_file = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, print a table of contents of input. (-t) */
|
||||
int table_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, copy unconditionally (older replaces newer). (-u) */
|
||||
int unconditional_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, list the files processed, or ls -l style output with -t. (-v) */
|
||||
int verbose_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, print a . for each file processed. (-V) */
|
||||
int dot_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, link files whenever possible. Used with -p option. (-l) */
|
||||
int link_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, retain previous file modification time. (-m) */
|
||||
int retain_time_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set TRUE if crc_flag is TRUE and we are doing a cpio -i. Used
|
||||
by copy_files so it knows whether to compute the crc. */
|
||||
int crc_i_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, append to end of archive. (-A) */
|
||||
int append_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, swap bytes of each file during cpio -i. */
|
||||
int swap_bytes_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, swap halfwords of each file during cpio -i. */
|
||||
int swap_halfwords_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, we are swapping halfwords on the current file. */
|
||||
int swapping_halfwords = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, we are swapping bytes on the current file. */
|
||||
int swapping_bytes = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, set ownership of all files to UID `set_owner'. */
|
||||
int set_owner_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
uid_t set_owner;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, set group ownership of all files to GID `set_group'. */
|
||||
int set_group_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
gid_t set_group;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, do not chown the files. */
|
||||
int no_chown_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, try to write sparse ("holey") files. */
|
||||
int sparse_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, don't report number of blocks copied. */
|
||||
int quiet_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, only read the archive and verify the files' CRC's, don't
|
||||
actually extract the files. */
|
||||
int only_verify_crc_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If TRUE, don't use any absolute paths, prefix them by `./'. */
|
||||
int no_abs_paths_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
|
||||
/* If TRUE, print debugging information. */
|
||||
int debug_flag = FALSE;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* File position of last header read. Only used during -A to determine
|
||||
where the old TRAILER!!! record started. */
|
||||
int last_header_start = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* With -i; if TRUE, copy only files that match any of the given patterns;
|
||||
if FALSE, copy only files that do not match any of the patterns. (-f) */
|
||||
int copy_matching_files = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* With -itv; if TRUE, list numeric uid and gid instead of translating them
|
||||
into names. */
|
||||
int numeric_uid = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of file containing additional patterns (-E). */
|
||||
char *pattern_file_name = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Message to print when end of medium is reached (-M). */
|
||||
char *new_media_message = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* With -M with %d, message to print when end of medium is reached. */
|
||||
char *new_media_message_with_number = NULL;
|
||||
char *new_media_message_after_number = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* File descriptor containing the archive. */
|
||||
int archive_des;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of file containing the archive, if known; NULL if stdin/out. */
|
||||
char *archive_name = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* CRC checksum. */
|
||||
unsigned long crc;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Input and output buffers. */
|
||||
char *input_buffer, *output_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of the input buffer. */
|
||||
long input_buffer_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Current locations in `input_buffer' and `output_buffer'. */
|
||||
char *in_buff, *out_buff;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Current number of bytes stored at `input_buff' and `output_buff'. */
|
||||
long input_size, output_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Total number of bytes read and written for all files.
|
||||
Now that many tape drives hold more than 4Gb we need more than 32
|
||||
bits to hold input_bytes and output_bytes. But it's not worth
|
||||
the trouble of adding special multi-precision arithmetic if the
|
||||
compiler doesn't support 64 bit ints since input_bytes and
|
||||
output_bytes are only used to print the number of blocks copied. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
long long input_bytes, output_bytes;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
long input_bytes, output_bytes;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* 512 bytes of 0; used for various padding operations. */
|
||||
char zeros_512[512];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Saving of argument values for later reference. */
|
||||
char *directory_name = NULL;
|
||||
char **save_patterns;
|
||||
int num_patterns;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Character that terminates file names read from stdin. */
|
||||
char name_end = '\n';
|
||||
|
||||
/* TRUE if input (cpio -i) or output (cpio -o) is a device node. */
|
||||
char input_is_special = FALSE;
|
||||
char output_is_special = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TRUE if lseek works on the input. */
|
||||
char input_is_seekable = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TRUE if lseek works on the output. */
|
||||
char output_is_seekable = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If nonzero, don't consider file names that contain a `:' to be
|
||||
on remote hosts; all files are local. */
|
||||
int f_force_local = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The name this program was run with. */
|
||||
char *program_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A pointer to either lstat or stat, depending on whether
|
||||
dereferencing of symlinks is done for input files. */
|
||||
int (*xstat) ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Which copy operation to perform. (-i, -o, -p) */
|
||||
void (*copy_function) () = 0;
|
@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <pwd.h>
|
||||
#include <grp.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
|
||||
struct passwd *getpwuid ();
|
||||
struct passwd *getpwnam ();
|
||||
struct group *getgrgid ();
|
||||
struct group *getgrnam ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
char *xmalloc ();
|
||||
char *xstrdup ();
|
||||
|
||||
struct userid
|
||||
{
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
uid_t u;
|
||||
gid_t g;
|
||||
} id;
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
struct userid *next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static struct userid *user_alist;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file. */
|
||||
static struct userid *nouser_alist;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Translate UID to a login name or a stringified number,
|
||||
with cache. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
getuser (uid)
|
||||
uid_t uid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
register struct userid *tail;
|
||||
struct passwd *pwent;
|
||||
char usernum_string[20];
|
||||
|
||||
for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
|
||||
if (tail->id.u == uid)
|
||||
return tail->name;
|
||||
|
||||
pwent = getpwuid (uid);
|
||||
tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
|
||||
tail->id.u = uid;
|
||||
if (pwent == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf (usernum_string, "%u", (unsigned) uid);
|
||||
tail->name = xstrdup (usernum_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
tail->name = xstrdup (pwent->pw_name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
|
||||
tail->next = user_alist;
|
||||
user_alist = tail;
|
||||
return tail->name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
|
||||
Return NULL if there is no such user.
|
||||
(We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
|
||||
so we don't keep looking them up.) */
|
||||
|
||||
uid_t *
|
||||
getuidbyname (user)
|
||||
char *user;
|
||||
{
|
||||
register struct userid *tail;
|
||||
struct passwd *pwent;
|
||||
|
||||
for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
|
||||
/* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
|
||||
if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
|
||||
return &tail->id.u;
|
||||
|
||||
for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
|
||||
/* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
|
||||
if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
pwent = getpwnam (user);
|
||||
|
||||
tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
|
||||
tail->name = xstrdup (user);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
|
||||
if (pwent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid;
|
||||
tail->next = user_alist;
|
||||
user_alist = tail;
|
||||
return &tail->id.u;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tail->next = nouser_alist;
|
||||
nouser_alist = tail;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the same struct as for userids. */
|
||||
static struct userid *group_alist;
|
||||
static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Translate GID to a group name or a stringified number,
|
||||
with cache. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
getgroup (gid)
|
||||
gid_t gid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
register struct userid *tail;
|
||||
struct group *grent;
|
||||
char groupnum_string[20];
|
||||
|
||||
for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
|
||||
if (tail->id.g == gid)
|
||||
return tail->name;
|
||||
|
||||
grent = getgrgid (gid);
|
||||
tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
|
||||
tail->id.g = gid;
|
||||
if (grent == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf (groupnum_string, "%u", (unsigned int) gid);
|
||||
tail->name = xstrdup (groupnum_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
tail->name = xstrdup (grent->gr_name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
|
||||
tail->next = group_alist;
|
||||
group_alist = tail;
|
||||
return tail->name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Translate GROUP to a UID, with cache.
|
||||
Return NULL if there is no such group.
|
||||
(We also cache which group names have no group entry,
|
||||
so we don't keep looking them up.) */
|
||||
|
||||
gid_t *
|
||||
getgidbyname (group)
|
||||
char *group;
|
||||
{
|
||||
register struct userid *tail;
|
||||
struct group *grent;
|
||||
|
||||
for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
|
||||
/* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
|
||||
if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
|
||||
return &tail->id.g;
|
||||
|
||||
for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
|
||||
/* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
|
||||
if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
grent = getgrnam (group);
|
||||
|
||||
tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
|
||||
tail->name = xstrdup (group);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
|
||||
if (grent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tail->id.g = grent->gr_gid;
|
||||
tail->next = group_alist;
|
||||
group_alist = tail;
|
||||
return &tail->id.g;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tail->next = nogroup_alist;
|
||||
nogroup_alist = tail;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,521 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* main.c - main program and argument processing for cpio.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Phil Nelson <phil@cs.wwu.edu>,
|
||||
David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>,
|
||||
and John Oleynick <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <getopt.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include "filetypes.h"
|
||||
#include "system.h"
|
||||
#include "cpiohdr.h"
|
||||
#include "dstring.h"
|
||||
#include "extern.h"
|
||||
#include "rmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct option long_opts[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{"null", 0, 0, '0'},
|
||||
{"append", 0, 0, 'A'},
|
||||
{"block-size", 1, 0, 130},
|
||||
{"create", 0, 0, 'o'},
|
||||
{"dereference", 0, 0, 'L'},
|
||||
{"dot", 0, 0, 'V'},
|
||||
{"extract", 0, 0, 'i'},
|
||||
{"file", 1, 0, 'F'},
|
||||
{"force-local", 0, &f_force_local, 1},
|
||||
{"format", 1, 0, 'H'},
|
||||
{"help", 0, 0, 132},
|
||||
{"io-size", 1, 0, 'C'},
|
||||
{"link", 0, &link_flag, TRUE},
|
||||
{"list", 0, &table_flag, TRUE},
|
||||
{"make-directories", 0, &create_dir_flag, TRUE},
|
||||
{"message", 1, 0, 'M'},
|
||||
{"no-absolute-filenames", 0, 0, 136},
|
||||
{"no-preserve-owner", 0, 0, 134},
|
||||
{"nonmatching", 0, ©_matching_files, FALSE},
|
||||
{"numeric-uid-gid", 0, &numeric_uid, TRUE},
|
||||
{"only-verify-crc", 0, 0, 139},
|
||||
{"owner", 1, 0, 'R'},
|
||||
{"pass-through", 0, 0, 'p'},
|
||||
{"pattern-file", 1, 0, 'E'},
|
||||
{"preserve-modification-time", 0, &retain_time_flag, TRUE},
|
||||
{"rename", 0, &rename_flag, TRUE},
|
||||
{"rename-batch-file", 1, 0, 137},
|
||||
{"quiet", 0, 0, 138},
|
||||
{"sparse", 0, 0, 135},
|
||||
{"swap", 0, 0, 'b'},
|
||||
{"swap-bytes", 0, 0, 's'},
|
||||
{"swap-halfwords", 0, 0, 'S'},
|
||||
{"reset-access-time", 0, &reset_time_flag, TRUE},
|
||||
{"unconditional", 0, &unconditional_flag, TRUE},
|
||||
{"verbose", 0, &verbose_flag, TRUE},
|
||||
{"version", 0, 0, 131},
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
|
||||
{"debug", 0, &debug_flag, TRUE},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{0, 0, 0, 0}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print usage message and exit with error. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
usage (fp, status)
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (fp, "\
|
||||
Usage: %s {-o|--create} [-0acvABLV] [-C bytes] [-H format] [-M message]\n\
|
||||
[-O [[user@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@]host:]archive]\n\
|
||||
[--file=[[user@]host:]archive] [--format=format] [--message=message]\n\
|
||||
[--null] [--reset-access-time] [--verbose] [--dot] [--append]\n\
|
||||
[--block-size=blocks] [--dereference] [--io-size=bytes] [--quiet]\n\
|
||||
[--force-local] [--help] [--version] < name-list [> archive]\n", program_name);
|
||||
fprintf (fp, "\
|
||||
%s {-i|--extract} [-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [-C bytes] [-E file] [-H format]\n\
|
||||
[-M message] [-R [user][:.][group]] [-I [[user@]host:]archive]\n\
|
||||
[-F [[user@]host:]archive] [--file=[[user@]host:]archive]\n\
|
||||
[--make-directories] [--nonmatching] [--preserve-modification-time]\n\
|
||||
[--numeric-uid-gid] [--rename] [--list] [--swap-bytes] [--swap] [--dot]\n\
|
||||
[--unconditional] [--verbose] [--block-size=blocks] [--swap-halfwords]\n\
|
||||
[--io-size=bytes] [--pattern-file=file] [--format=format]\n\
|
||||
[--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--no-preserve-owner] [--message=message]\n\
|
||||
[--force-local] [--no-absolute-filenames] [--sparse] [--only-verify-crc]\n\
|
||||
[--quiet] [--help] [--version] [pattern...] [< archive]\n",
|
||||
program_name);
|
||||
fprintf (fp, "\
|
||||
%s {-p|--pass-through} [-0adlmuvLV] [-R [user][:.][group]]\n\
|
||||
[--null] [--reset-access-time] [--make-directories] [--link] [--quiet]\n\
|
||||
[--preserve-modification-time] [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--dot]\n\
|
||||
[--dereference] [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--no-preserve-owner]\n\
|
||||
[--sparse] [--help] [--version] destination-directory < name-list\n", program_name);
|
||||
exit (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process the arguments. Set all options and set up the copy pass
|
||||
directory or the copy in patterns. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
process_args (argc, argv)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char *argv[];
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern char *version_string;
|
||||
void (*copy_in) (); /* Work around for pcc bug. */
|
||||
void (*copy_out) ();
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
char *input_archive_name = 0;
|
||||
char *output_archive_name = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (argc < 2)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
|
||||
xstat = lstat;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv,
|
||||
"0aAbBcC:dfE:F:H:iI:lLmM:noO:prR:sStuvVz",
|
||||
long_opts, (int *) 0)) != -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0: /* A long option that just sets a flag. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '0': /* Read null-terminated filenames. */
|
||||
name_end = '\0';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'a': /* Reset access times. */
|
||||
reset_time_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'A': /* Append to the archive. */
|
||||
append_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'b': /* Swap bytes and halfwords. */
|
||||
swap_bytes_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
swap_halfwords_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'B': /* Set block size to 5120. */
|
||||
io_block_size = 5120;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 130: /* --block-size */
|
||||
io_block_size = atoi (optarg);
|
||||
if (io_block_size < 1)
|
||||
error (2, 0, "invalid block size");
|
||||
io_block_size *= 512;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'c': /* Use the old portable ASCII format. */
|
||||
if (archive_format != arf_unknown)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
#ifdef SVR4_COMPAT
|
||||
archive_format = arf_newascii; /* -H newc. */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
archive_format = arf_oldascii; /* -H odc. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'C': /* Block size. */
|
||||
io_block_size = atoi (optarg);
|
||||
if (io_block_size < 1)
|
||||
error (2, 0, "invalid block size");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'd': /* Create directories where needed. */
|
||||
create_dir_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'f': /* Only copy files not matching patterns. */
|
||||
copy_matching_files = FALSE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'E': /* Pattern file name. */
|
||||
pattern_file_name = optarg;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'F': /* Archive file name. */
|
||||
archive_name = optarg;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'H': /* Header format name. */
|
||||
if (archive_format != arf_unknown)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
if (!strcmp (optarg, "crc") || !strcmp (optarg, "CRC"))
|
||||
archive_format = arf_crcascii;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp (optarg, "newc") || !strcmp (optarg, "NEWC"))
|
||||
archive_format = arf_newascii;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp (optarg, "odc") || !strcmp (optarg, "ODC"))
|
||||
archive_format = arf_oldascii;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp (optarg, "bin") || !strcmp (optarg, "BIN"))
|
||||
archive_format = arf_binary;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp (optarg, "ustar") || !strcmp (optarg, "USTAR"))
|
||||
archive_format = arf_ustar;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp (optarg, "tar") || !strcmp (optarg, "TAR"))
|
||||
archive_format = arf_tar;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp (optarg, "hpodc") || !strcmp (optarg, "HPODC"))
|
||||
archive_format = arf_hpoldascii;
|
||||
else if (!strcmp (optarg, "hpbin") || !strcmp (optarg, "HPBIN"))
|
||||
archive_format = arf_hpbinary;
|
||||
else
|
||||
error (2, 0, "\
|
||||
invalid archive format `%s'; valid formats are:\n\
|
||||
crc newc odc bin ustar tar (all-caps also recognized)", optarg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'i': /* Copy-in mode. */
|
||||
if (copy_function != 0)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
copy_function = process_copy_in;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'I': /* Input archive file name. */
|
||||
input_archive_name = optarg;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'k': /* Handle corrupted archives. We always handle
|
||||
corrupted archives, but recognize this
|
||||
option for compatability. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'l': /* Link files when possible. */
|
||||
link_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'L': /* Dereference symbolic links. */
|
||||
xstat = stat;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'm': /* Retain previous file modify times. */
|
||||
retain_time_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'M': /* New media message. */
|
||||
set_new_media_message (optarg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'n': /* Long list owner and group as numbers. */
|
||||
numeric_uid = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 136: /* --no-absolute-filenames */
|
||||
no_abs_paths_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 134: /* --no-preserve-owner */
|
||||
if (set_owner_flag || set_group_flag)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
no_chown_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'o': /* Copy-out mode. */
|
||||
if (copy_function != 0)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
copy_function = process_copy_out;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'O': /* Output archive file name. */
|
||||
output_archive_name = optarg;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 139:
|
||||
only_verify_crc_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'p': /* Copy-pass mode. */
|
||||
if (copy_function != 0)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
copy_function = process_copy_pass;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'r': /* Interactively rename. */
|
||||
rename_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 137:
|
||||
rename_batch_file = optarg;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 138:
|
||||
quiet_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'R': /* Set the owner. */
|
||||
if (no_chown_flag)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *e, *u, *g;
|
||||
|
||||
e = parse_user_spec (optarg, &set_owner, &set_group, &u, &g);
|
||||
if (e)
|
||||
error (2, 0, "%s: %s", optarg, e);
|
||||
if (u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (u);
|
||||
set_owner_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (g)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (g);
|
||||
set_group_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 's': /* Swap bytes. */
|
||||
swap_bytes_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'S': /* Swap halfwords. */
|
||||
swap_halfwords_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 't': /* Only print a list. */
|
||||
table_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'u': /* Replace all! Unconditionally! */
|
||||
unconditional_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'v': /* Verbose! */
|
||||
verbose_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'V': /* Print `.' for each file. */
|
||||
dot_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 131:
|
||||
printf ("GNU cpio %s", version_string);
|
||||
exit (0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 135:
|
||||
sparse_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 132: /* --help */
|
||||
usage (stdout, 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do error checking and look at other args. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (copy_function == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (table_flag)
|
||||
copy_function = process_copy_in;
|
||||
else
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((!table_flag || !verbose_flag) && numeric_uid)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Work around for pcc bug. */
|
||||
copy_in = process_copy_in;
|
||||
copy_out = process_copy_out;
|
||||
|
||||
if (copy_function == copy_in)
|
||||
{
|
||||
archive_des = 0;
|
||||
if (link_flag || reset_time_flag || xstat != lstat || append_flag
|
||||
|| sparse_flag
|
||||
|| output_archive_name
|
||||
|| (archive_name && input_archive_name))
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
|
||||
crc_i_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
num_patterns = argc - optind;
|
||||
save_patterns = &argv[optind];
|
||||
if (input_archive_name)
|
||||
archive_name = input_archive_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (copy_function == copy_out)
|
||||
{
|
||||
archive_des = 1;
|
||||
if (argc != optind || create_dir_flag || rename_flag
|
||||
|| table_flag || unconditional_flag || link_flag
|
||||
|| retain_time_flag || no_chown_flag || set_owner_flag
|
||||
|| set_group_flag || swap_bytes_flag || swap_halfwords_flag
|
||||
|| (append_flag && !(archive_name || output_archive_name))
|
||||
|| rename_batch_file || no_abs_paths_flag
|
||||
|| input_archive_name || (archive_name && output_archive_name))
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_unknown)
|
||||
archive_format = arf_binary;
|
||||
if (output_archive_name)
|
||||
archive_name = output_archive_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Copy pass. */
|
||||
archive_des = -1;
|
||||
if (argc - 1 != optind || archive_format != arf_unknown
|
||||
|| swap_bytes_flag || swap_halfwords_flag
|
||||
|| table_flag || rename_flag || append_flag
|
||||
|| rename_batch_file || no_abs_paths_flag)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
directory_name = argv[optind];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (copy_function != copy_in && copy_function != copy_out)
|
||||
usage (stderr, 2);
|
||||
archive_des = open_archive (archive_name);
|
||||
if (archive_des < 0)
|
||||
error (1, errno, "%s", archive_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
/* Prevent SysV non-root users from giving away files inadvertantly.
|
||||
This happens automatically on BSD, where only root can give
|
||||
away files. */
|
||||
if (set_owner_flag == FALSE && set_group_flag == FALSE && geteuid ())
|
||||
no_chown_flag = TRUE;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the input and output buffers to their proper size and
|
||||
initialize all variables associated with the input and output
|
||||
buffers. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
initialize_buffers ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int in_buf_size, out_buf_size;
|
||||
|
||||
if (copy_function == process_copy_in)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Make sure the input buffer can always hold 2 blocks and that it
|
||||
is big enough to hold 1 tar record (512 bytes) even if it
|
||||
is not aligned on a block boundary. The extra buffer space
|
||||
is needed by process_copyin and peek_in_buf to automatically
|
||||
figure out what kind of archive it is reading. */
|
||||
if (io_block_size >= 512)
|
||||
in_buf_size = 2 * io_block_size;
|
||||
else
|
||||
in_buf_size = 1024;
|
||||
out_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (copy_function == process_copy_out)
|
||||
{
|
||||
in_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
|
||||
out_buf_size = io_block_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
in_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
|
||||
out_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
input_buffer = (char *) xmalloc (in_buf_size);
|
||||
in_buff = input_buffer;
|
||||
input_buffer_size = in_buf_size;
|
||||
input_size = 0;
|
||||
input_bytes = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
output_buffer = (char *) xmalloc (out_buf_size);
|
||||
out_buff = output_buffer;
|
||||
output_size = 0;
|
||||
output_bytes = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the block of zeros. */
|
||||
bzero (zeros_512, 512);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
main (argc, argv)
|
||||
int argc;
|
||||
char *argv[];
|
||||
{
|
||||
program_name = argv[0];
|
||||
umask (0);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __TURBOC__
|
||||
_fmode = O_BINARY; /* Put stdin and stdout in binary mode. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __EMX__ /* gcc on OS/2. */
|
||||
_response (&argc, &argv);
|
||||
_wildcard (&argc, &argv);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
process_args (argc, argv);
|
||||
|
||||
initialize_buffers ();
|
||||
|
||||
(*copy_function) ();
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_des >= 0 && rmtclose (archive_des) == -1)
|
||||
error (1, errno, "error closing archive");
|
||||
|
||||
exit (0);
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,307 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and
|
||||
Jim Meyering <meyering@cs.utexas.edu>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This copy of makepath is almost like the fileutils one, but has
|
||||
changes for HPUX CDF's. Maybe the 2 versions of makepath can
|
||||
come together again in the future. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
|
||||
#include <alloca.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
|
||||
#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#ifndef index
|
||||
#define index strchr
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
typedef int uid_t;
|
||||
typedef int gid_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void error ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
|
||||
Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
|
||||
|
||||
Make any leading directories that don't already exist, with
|
||||
permissions PARENT_MODE.
|
||||
If the last element of ARGPATH does not exist, create it as
|
||||
a new directory with permissions MODE.
|
||||
If OWNER and GROUP are non-negative, make them the UID and GID of
|
||||
created directories.
|
||||
If VERBOSE_FMT_STRING is nonzero, use it as a printf format
|
||||
string for printing a message after successfully making a directory,
|
||||
with the name of the directory that was just made as an argument.
|
||||
|
||||
Return 0 if ARGPATH exists as a directory with the proper
|
||||
ownership and permissions when done, otherwise 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, verbose_fmt_string)
|
||||
char *argpath;
|
||||
int mode;
|
||||
int parent_mode;
|
||||
uid_t owner;
|
||||
gid_t group;
|
||||
char *verbose_fmt_string;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *dirpath; /* A copy we can scribble NULs on. */
|
||||
struct stat stats;
|
||||
int retval = 0;
|
||||
int oldmask = umask (0);
|
||||
dirpath = alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
|
||||
strcpy (dirpath, argpath);
|
||||
|
||||
if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *slash;
|
||||
int tmp_mode; /* Initial perms for leading dirs. */
|
||||
int re_protect; /* Should leading dirs be unwritable? */
|
||||
struct ptr_list
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *dirname_end;
|
||||
struct ptr_list *next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
struct ptr_list *p, *leading_dirs = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If leading directories shouldn't be writable or executable,
|
||||
or should have set[ug]id or sticky bits set and we are setting
|
||||
their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them. */
|
||||
if (((parent_mode & 0300) != 0300)
|
||||
|| (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
|
||||
&& (parent_mode & 07000) != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp_mode = 0700;
|
||||
re_protect = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp_mode = parent_mode;
|
||||
re_protect = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
slash = dirpath;
|
||||
while (*slash == '/')
|
||||
slash++;
|
||||
while ((slash = index (slash, '/')))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
int iscdf;
|
||||
iscdf = 0;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
*slash = '\0';
|
||||
if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
/* If this component of the pathname ends in `+' and is
|
||||
followed by 2 `/'s, then this is a CDF. We remove the
|
||||
`+' from the name and create the directory. Later
|
||||
we will "hide" the directory. */
|
||||
if ( (*(slash +1) == '/') && (*(slash -1) == '+') )
|
||||
{
|
||||
iscdf = 1;
|
||||
*(slash -1) = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (mkdir (dirpath, tmp_mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "cannot make directory `%s'", dirpath);
|
||||
umask (oldmask);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
|
||||
error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
|
||||
|
||||
if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
|
||||
&& chown (dirpath, owner, group)
|
||||
#ifdef AFS
|
||||
&& errno != EPERM
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
|
||||
retval = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (re_protect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
|
||||
alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
|
||||
new->dirname_end = slash;
|
||||
new->next = leading_dirs;
|
||||
leading_dirs = new;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
|
||||
if (iscdf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If this is a CDF, "hide" the directory by setting
|
||||
its hidden/setuid bit. Also add the `+' back to
|
||||
its name (since once it's "hidden" we must refer
|
||||
to as `name+' instead of `name'). */
|
||||
chmod (dirpath, 04700);
|
||||
*(slash - 1) = '+';
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
|
||||
umask (oldmask);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*slash++ = '/';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid unnecessary calls to `stat' when given
|
||||
pathnames containing multiple adjacent slashes. */
|
||||
while (*slash == '/')
|
||||
slash++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We're done making leading directories.
|
||||
Make the final component of the path. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (mkdir (dirpath, mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* In some cases, if the final component in dirpath was `.' then we
|
||||
just got an EEXIST error from that last mkdir(). If that's
|
||||
the case, ignore it. */
|
||||
if ( (errno != EEXIST) ||
|
||||
(stat (dirpath, &stats) != 0) ||
|
||||
(!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode) ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "cannot make directory `%s'", dirpath);
|
||||
umask (oldmask);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
|
||||
error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
|
||||
|
||||
if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chown (dirpath, owner, group)
|
||||
#ifdef AFS
|
||||
&& errno != EPERM
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
|
||||
retval = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted. */
|
||||
if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (dirpath, mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
|
||||
retval = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx"
|
||||
privileges, we have to reset their protections to the correct
|
||||
value. */
|
||||
for (p = leading_dirs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(p->dirname_end) = '\0';
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/* cpio always calls make_path with parent mode 0700, so
|
||||
we don't have to do this. If we ever do have to do this,
|
||||
we have to stat the directory first to get the setuid
|
||||
bit so we don't break HP CDF's. */
|
||||
if (chmod (dirpath, parent_mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
|
||||
retval = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We get here if the entire path already exists. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
|
||||
umask (oldmask);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* chown must precede chmod because on some systems,
|
||||
chown clears the set[ug]id bits for non-superusers,
|
||||
resulting in incorrect permissions.
|
||||
On System V, users can give away files with chown and then not
|
||||
be able to chmod them. So don't give files away. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
|
||||
&& chown (dirpath, owner, group)
|
||||
#ifdef AFS
|
||||
&& errno != EPERM
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
|
||||
retval = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (chmod (dirpath, mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
|
||||
retval = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
umask (oldmask);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Definitions for communicating with a remote tape drive.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1988, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(_POSIX_VERSION)
|
||||
#ifdef __MSDOS__
|
||||
#include <io.h>
|
||||
#else /* !__MSDOS__ */
|
||||
extern off_t lseek ();
|
||||
#endif /* __MSDOS__ */
|
||||
#endif /* _POSIX_VERSION */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_REMOTE
|
||||
#define _isrmt(f) 0
|
||||
#define rmtopen open
|
||||
#define rmtaccess access
|
||||
#define rmtstat stat
|
||||
#define rmtcreat creat
|
||||
#define rmtlstat lstat
|
||||
#define rmtread read
|
||||
#define rmtwrite write
|
||||
#define rmtlseek lseek
|
||||
#define rmtclose close
|
||||
#define rmtioctl ioctl
|
||||
#define rmtdup dup
|
||||
#define rmtfstat fstat
|
||||
#define rmtfcntl fcntl
|
||||
#define rmtisatty isatty
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* !NO_REMOTE */
|
||||
|
||||
#define __REM_BIAS 128
|
||||
#define RMTIOCTL
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef O_CREAT
|
||||
#define O_CREAT 01000
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
extern char *__rmt_path;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#ifndef index
|
||||
#define index strchr
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern char *index ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define _remdev(path) (!f_force_local && (__rmt_path=index(path, ':')))
|
||||
#define _isrmt(fd) ((fd) >= __REM_BIAS)
|
||||
|
||||
#define rmtopen(path,oflag,mode) (_remdev(path) ? __rmt_open(path, oflag, mode, __REM_BIAS) : open(path, oflag, mode))
|
||||
#define rmtaccess(path, amode) (_remdev(path) ? 0 : access(path, amode))
|
||||
#define rmtstat(path, buf) (_remdev(path) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : stat(path, buf))
|
||||
#define rmtcreat(path, mode) (_remdev(path) ? __rmt_open (path, 1 | O_CREAT, mode, __REM_BIAS) : creat(path, mode))
|
||||
#define rmtlstat(path,buf) (_remdev(path) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : lstat(path,buf))
|
||||
|
||||
#define rmtread(fd, buf, n) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_read(fd - __REM_BIAS, buf, n) : read(fd, buf, n))
|
||||
#define rmtwrite(fd, buf, n) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_write(fd - __REM_BIAS, buf, n) : write(fd, buf, n))
|
||||
#define rmtlseek(fd, off, wh) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_lseek(fd - __REM_BIAS, off, wh) : lseek(fd, off, wh))
|
||||
#define rmtclose(fd) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_close(fd - __REM_BIAS) : close(fd))
|
||||
#ifdef RMTIOCTL
|
||||
#define rmtioctl(fd,req,arg) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_ioctl(fd - __REM_BIAS, req, arg) : ioctl(fd, req, arg))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define rmtioctl(fd,req,arg) (_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : ioctl(fd, req, arg))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define rmtdup(fd) (_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : dup(fd))
|
||||
#define rmtfstat(fd, buf) (_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fstat(fd, buf))
|
||||
#define rmtfcntl(fd,cmd,arg) (_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fcntl (fd, cmd, arg))
|
||||
#define rmtisatty(fd) (_isrmt(fd) ? 0 : isatty(fd))
|
||||
|
||||
#undef RMTIOCTL
|
||||
|
||||
int __rmt_open ();
|
||||
int __rmt_close ();
|
||||
int __rmt_read ();
|
||||
int __rmt_write ();
|
||||
long __rmt_lseek ();
|
||||
int __rmt_ioctl ();
|
||||
#endif /* !NO_REMOTE */
|
@ -1,582 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Functions for communicating with a remote tape drive.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1988, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The man page rmt(8) for /etc/rmt documents the remote mag tape
|
||||
protocol which rdump and rrestore use. Unfortunately, the man
|
||||
page is *WRONG*. The author of the routines I'm including originally
|
||||
wrote his code just based on the man page, and it didn't work, so he
|
||||
went to the rdump source to figure out why. The only thing he had to
|
||||
change was to check for the 'F' return code in addition to the 'E',
|
||||
and to separate the various arguments with \n instead of a space. I
|
||||
personally don't think that this is much of a problem, but I wanted to
|
||||
point it out. -- Arnold Robbins
|
||||
|
||||
Originally written by Jeff Lee, modified some by Arnold Robbins.
|
||||
Redone as a library that can replace open, read, write, etc., by
|
||||
Fred Fish, with some additional work by Arnold Robbins.
|
||||
Modified to make all rmtXXX calls into macros for speed by Jay Fenlason.
|
||||
Use -DHAVE_NETDB_H for rexec code, courtesy of Dan Kegel, srs!dan. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <signal.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
|
||||
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/mtio.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
|
||||
#include <netdb.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <setjmp.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Maximum size of a fully qualified host name. */
|
||||
#define MAXHOSTLEN 257
|
||||
|
||||
/* Size of buffers for reading and writing commands to rmt.
|
||||
(An arbitrary limit.) */
|
||||
#define CMDBUFSIZE 64
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef RETSIGTYPE
|
||||
#define RETSIGTYPE void
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Maximum number of simultaneous remote tape connections.
|
||||
(Another arbitrary limit.) */
|
||||
#define MAXUNIT 4
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the parent's read side of remote tape connection FILDES. */
|
||||
#define READ(fildes) (from_rmt[fildes][0])
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the parent's write side of remote tape connection FILDES. */
|
||||
#define WRITE(fildes) (to_rmt[fildes][1])
|
||||
|
||||
/* The pipes for receiving data from remote tape drives. */
|
||||
static int from_rmt[MAXUNIT][2] =
|
||||
{-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The pipes for sending data to remote tape drives. */
|
||||
static int to_rmt[MAXUNIT][2] =
|
||||
{-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Temporary variable used by macros in rmt.h. */
|
||||
char *__rmt_path;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Close remote tape connection FILDES. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes)
|
||||
int fildes;
|
||||
{
|
||||
close (READ (fildes));
|
||||
close (WRITE (fildes));
|
||||
READ (fildes) = -1;
|
||||
WRITE (fildes) = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Attempt to perform the remote tape command specified in BUF
|
||||
on remote tape connection FILDES.
|
||||
Return 0 if successful, -1 on error. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
command (fildes, buf)
|
||||
int fildes;
|
||||
char *buf;
|
||||
{
|
||||
register int buflen;
|
||||
RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Save the current pipe handler and try to make the request. */
|
||||
|
||||
pipe_handler = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
|
||||
buflen = strlen (buf);
|
||||
if (write (WRITE (fildes), buf, buflen) == buflen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Something went wrong. Close down and go home. */
|
||||
|
||||
signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
|
||||
errno = EIO;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read and return the status from remote tape connection FILDES.
|
||||
If an error occurred, return -1 and set errno. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
status (fildes)
|
||||
int fildes;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
char c, *cp;
|
||||
char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the reply command line. */
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0, cp = buffer; i < CMDBUFSIZE; i++, cp++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (read (READ (fildes), cp, 1) != 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
|
||||
errno = EIO;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*cp == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*cp = '\0';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (i == CMDBUFSIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
|
||||
errno = EIO;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the return status. */
|
||||
|
||||
for (cp = buffer; *cp; cp++)
|
||||
if (*cp != ' ')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*cp == 'E' || *cp == 'F')
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = atoi (cp + 1);
|
||||
/* Skip the error message line. */
|
||||
while (read (READ (fildes), &c, 1) == 1)
|
||||
if (c == '\n')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*cp == 'F')
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
|
||||
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for mis-synced pipes. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (*cp != 'A')
|
||||
{
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
|
||||
errno = EIO;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Got an `A' (success) response. */
|
||||
return atoi (cp + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
|
||||
/* Execute /etc/rmt as user USER on remote system HOST using rexec.
|
||||
Return a file descriptor of a bidirectional socket for stdin and stdout.
|
||||
If USER is NULL, or an empty string, use the current username.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, this code is not used, since it requires that
|
||||
the user have a .netrc file in his/her home directory, or that the
|
||||
application designer be willing to have rexec prompt for login and
|
||||
password info. This may be unacceptable, and .rhosts files for use
|
||||
with rsh are much more common on BSD systems. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
_rmt_rexec (host, user)
|
||||
char *host;
|
||||
char *user;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct servent *rexecserv;
|
||||
int save_stdin = dup (fileno (stdin));
|
||||
int save_stdout = dup (fileno (stdout));
|
||||
int tape_fd; /* Return value. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* When using cpio -o < filename, stdin is no longer the tty.
|
||||
But the rexec subroutine reads the login and the passwd on stdin,
|
||||
to allow remote execution of the command.
|
||||
So, reopen stdin and stdout on /dev/tty before the rexec and
|
||||
give them back their original value after. */
|
||||
if (freopen ("/dev/tty", "r", stdin) == NULL)
|
||||
freopen ("/dev/null", "r", stdin);
|
||||
if (freopen ("/dev/tty", "w", stdout) == NULL)
|
||||
freopen ("/dev/null", "w", stdout);
|
||||
|
||||
rexecserv = getservbyname ("exec", "tcp");
|
||||
if (NULL == rexecserv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "exec/tcp: service not available");
|
||||
exit (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (user != NULL && *user == '\0')
|
||||
user = NULL;
|
||||
tape_fd = rexec (&host, rexecserv->s_port, user, NULL,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (int *) NULL);
|
||||
fclose (stdin);
|
||||
fdopen (save_stdin, "r");
|
||||
fclose (stdout);
|
||||
fdopen (save_stdout, "w");
|
||||
|
||||
return tape_fd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_NETDB_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Open a magtape device on the system specified in PATH, as the given user.
|
||||
PATH has the form `[user@]system:/dev/????'.
|
||||
If COMPAT is defined, it can also have the form `system[.user]:/dev/????'.
|
||||
|
||||
OFLAG is O_RDONLY, O_WRONLY, etc.
|
||||
MODE is ignored; 0666 is always used.
|
||||
|
||||
If successful, return the remote tape pipe number plus BIAS.
|
||||
On error, return -1. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
__rmt_open (path, oflag, mode, bias)
|
||||
char *path;
|
||||
int oflag;
|
||||
int mode;
|
||||
int bias;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, rc;
|
||||
char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE]; /* Command buffer. */
|
||||
char system[MAXHOSTLEN]; /* The remote host name. */
|
||||
char device[CMDBUFSIZE]; /* The remote device name. */
|
||||
char login[CMDBUFSIZE]; /* The remote user name. */
|
||||
char *sys, *dev, *user; /* For copying into the above buffers. */
|
||||
|
||||
sys = system;
|
||||
dev = device;
|
||||
user = login;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find an unused pair of file descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MAXUNIT; i++)
|
||||
if (READ (i) == -1 && WRITE (i) == -1)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
if (i == MAXUNIT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EMFILE;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pull apart the system and device, and optional user.
|
||||
Don't munge the original string. */
|
||||
|
||||
while (*path != '@'
|
||||
#ifdef COMPAT
|
||||
&& *path != '.'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
&& *path != ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*sys++ = *path++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*sys = '\0';
|
||||
path++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*(path - 1) == '@')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Saw user part of user@host. Start over. */
|
||||
strcpy (user, system);
|
||||
sys = system;
|
||||
while (*path != ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*sys++ = *path++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*sys = '\0';
|
||||
path++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef COMPAT
|
||||
else if (*(path - 1) == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (*path != ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*user++ = *path++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*user = '\0';
|
||||
path++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
*user = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
while (*path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*dev++ = *path++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dev = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
|
||||
/* Execute the remote command using rexec. */
|
||||
READ (i) = WRITE (i) = _rmt_rexec (system, login);
|
||||
if (READ (i) < 0)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
#else /* !HAVE_NETDB_H */
|
||||
/* Set up the pipes for the `rsh' command, and fork. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (pipe (to_rmt[i]) == -1 || pipe (from_rmt[i]) == -1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
rc = fork ();
|
||||
if (rc == -1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (rc == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Child. */
|
||||
close (0);
|
||||
dup (to_rmt[i][0]);
|
||||
close (to_rmt[i][0]);
|
||||
close (to_rmt[i][1]);
|
||||
|
||||
close (1);
|
||||
dup (from_rmt[i][1]);
|
||||
close (from_rmt[i][0]);
|
||||
close (from_rmt[i][1]);
|
||||
|
||||
setuid (getuid ());
|
||||
setgid (getgid ());
|
||||
|
||||
if (*login)
|
||||
{
|
||||
execl ("/usr/ucb/rsh", "rsh", system, "-l", login,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
execl ("/usr/bin/remsh", "remsh", system, "-l", login,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
execl ("/usr/bin/rsh", "rsh", system, "-l", login,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
execl ("/usr/bsd/rsh", "rsh", system, "-l", login,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
execl ("/usr/bin/nsh", "nsh", system, "-l", login,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
execl ("/usr/ucb/rsh", "rsh", system,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
execl ("/usr/bin/remsh", "remsh", system,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
execl ("/usr/bin/rsh", "rsh", system,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
execl ("/usr/bsd/rsh", "rsh", system,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
execl ("/usr/bin/nsh", "nsh", system,
|
||||
"/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bad problems if we get here. */
|
||||
|
||||
perror ("cannot execute remote shell");
|
||||
_exit (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parent. */
|
||||
close (to_rmt[i][0]);
|
||||
close (from_rmt[i][1]);
|
||||
#endif /* !HAVE_NETDB_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Attempt to open the tape device. */
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf (buffer, "O%s\n%d\n", device, oflag);
|
||||
if (command (i, buffer) == -1 || status (i) == -1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
return i + bias;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Close remote tape connection FILDES and shut down.
|
||||
Return 0 if successful, -1 on error. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
__rmt_close (fildes)
|
||||
int fildes;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int rc;
|
||||
|
||||
if (command (fildes, "C\n") == -1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
rc = status (fildes);
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read up to NBYTE bytes into BUF from remote tape connection FILDES.
|
||||
Return the number of bytes read on success, -1 on error. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
__rmt_read (fildes, buf, nbyte)
|
||||
int fildes;
|
||||
char *buf;
|
||||
unsigned int nbyte;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int rc, i;
|
||||
char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf (buffer, "R%d\n", nbyte);
|
||||
if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1 || (rc = status (fildes)) == -1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < rc; i += nbyte, buf += nbyte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
nbyte = read (READ (fildes), buf, rc - i);
|
||||
if (nbyte <= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
|
||||
errno = EIO;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return rc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write NBYTE bytes from BUF to remote tape connection FILDES.
|
||||
Return the number of bytes written on success, -1 on error. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
__rmt_write (fildes, buf, nbyte)
|
||||
int fildes;
|
||||
char *buf;
|
||||
unsigned int nbyte;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
|
||||
RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) ();
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf (buffer, "W%d\n", nbyte);
|
||||
if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
pipe_handler = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
|
||||
if (write (WRITE (fildes), buf, nbyte) == nbyte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
|
||||
return status (fildes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write error. */
|
||||
signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
|
||||
errno = EIO;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perform an imitation lseek operation on remote tape connection FILDES.
|
||||
Return the new file offset if successful, -1 if on error. */
|
||||
|
||||
long
|
||||
__rmt_lseek (fildes, offset, whence)
|
||||
int fildes;
|
||||
long offset;
|
||||
int whence;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf (buffer, "L%ld\n%d\n", offset, whence);
|
||||
if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
return status (fildes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perform a raw tape operation on remote tape connection FILDES.
|
||||
Return the results of the ioctl, or -1 on error. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MTIOCTOP
|
||||
int
|
||||
__rmt_ioctl (fildes, op, arg)
|
||||
int fildes, op;
|
||||
char *arg;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char c;
|
||||
int rc, cnt;
|
||||
char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
|
||||
|
||||
switch (op)
|
||||
{
|
||||
default:
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
case MTIOCTOP:
|
||||
/* MTIOCTOP is the easy one. Nothing is transfered in binary. */
|
||||
sprintf (buffer, "I%d\n%d\n", ((struct mtop *) arg)->mt_op,
|
||||
((struct mtop *) arg)->mt_count);
|
||||
if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
return status (fildes); /* Return the count. */
|
||||
|
||||
case MTIOCGET:
|
||||
/* Grab the status and read it directly into the structure.
|
||||
This assumes that the status buffer is not padded
|
||||
and that 2 shorts fit in a long without any word
|
||||
alignment problems; i.e., the whole struct is contiguous.
|
||||
NOTE - this is probably NOT a good assumption. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (command (fildes, "S") == -1 || (rc = status (fildes)) == -1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (; rc > 0; rc -= cnt, arg += cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cnt = read (READ (fildes), arg, rc);
|
||||
if (cnt <= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
|
||||
errno = EIO;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for byte position. mt_type is a small integer field
|
||||
(normally) so we will check its magnitude. If it is larger than
|
||||
256, we will assume that the bytes are swapped and go through
|
||||
and reverse all the bytes. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (((struct mtget *) arg)->mt_type < 256)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < rc; cnt += 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = arg[cnt];
|
||||
arg[cnt] = arg[cnt + 1];
|
||||
arg[cnt + 1] = c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#define SAFE_STAT(path,pbuf) stat(path,pbuf)
|
@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* stripslash.c -- remove trailing slashes from a string
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove trailing slashes from PATH.
|
||||
This is useful when using filename completion from a shell that
|
||||
adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and bash), because
|
||||
the Unix rename and rmdir system calls return an "Invalid argument" error
|
||||
when given a path that ends in "/" (except for the root directory). */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
strip_trailing_slashes (path)
|
||||
char *path;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int last;
|
||||
|
||||
last = strlen (path) - 1;
|
||||
while (last > 0 && path[last] == '/')
|
||||
path[last--] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* System dependent declarations. Requires sys/types.h.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#ifndef index
|
||||
#define index strchr
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef rindex
|
||||
#define rindex strrchr
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef bcmp
|
||||
#define bcmp(s1, s2, n) memcmp ((s1), (s2), (n))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef bzero
|
||||
#define bzero(s, n) memset ((s), 0, (n))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SEEK_SET
|
||||
#define SEEK_SET 0
|
||||
#define SEEK_CUR 1
|
||||
#define SEEK_END 2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
|
||||
#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
typedef long off_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
off_t lseek ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Since major is a function on SVR4, we can't use `ifndef major'. */
|
||||
#ifdef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
|
||||
#include <sys/mkdev.h>
|
||||
#define HAVE_MAJOR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
|
||||
#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
|
||||
#define HAVE_MAJOR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef major /* Might be defined in sys/types.h. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MAJOR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_MAJOR
|
||||
#define major(dev) (((dev) >> 8) & 0xff)
|
||||
#define minor(dev) ((dev) & 0xff)
|
||||
#define makedev(ma, mi) (((ma) << 8) | (mi))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MAJOR
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__MSDOS__) || defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(HAVE_FCNTL_H)
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <sys/file.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef O_BINARY
|
||||
#define O_BINARY 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __EMX__ /* gcc on OS/2. */
|
||||
#define EPERM EACCES
|
||||
#define ENXIO EIO
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H
|
||||
#include <utime.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
struct utimbuf
|
||||
{
|
||||
time_t actime;
|
||||
time_t modtime;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TRUE
|
||||
#undef TRUE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#ifdef FALSE
|
||||
#undef FALSE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
#define CONSOLE "/dev/tty"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define CONSOLE "con"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
typedef int uid_t;
|
||||
typedef int gid_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* On most systems symlink() always creates links with rwxrwxrwx
|
||||
protection modes, but on some (HP/UX 8.07; I think maybe DEC's OSF
|
||||
on MIPS too) symlink() uses the value of umask, so links' protection modes
|
||||
aren't always rwxrwxrwx. There doesn't seem to be any way to change
|
||||
the modes of a link (no system call like, say, lchmod() ), it seems
|
||||
the only way to set the modes right is to set umask before calling
|
||||
symlink(). */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SYMLINK_USES_UMASK
|
||||
#define UMASKED_SYMLINK(name1,name2,mode) symlink(name1,name2)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define UMASKED_SYMLINK(name1,name2,mode) umasked_symlink(name1,name2,mode)
|
||||
#endif /* SYMLINK_USES_UMASK */
|
||||
|
@ -1,522 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* tar.c - read in write tar headers for cpio
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include "filetypes.h"
|
||||
#include "system.h"
|
||||
#include "cpiohdr.h"
|
||||
#include "dstring.h"
|
||||
#include "extern.h"
|
||||
#include "rmt.h"
|
||||
#include "tarhdr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static void to_oct ();
|
||||
static char *stash_tar_linkname ();
|
||||
static char *stash_tar_filename ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute and return a checksum for TAR_HDR,
|
||||
counting the checksum bytes as if they were spaces. */
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long
|
||||
tar_checksum (tar_hdr)
|
||||
struct tar_header *tar_hdr;
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long sum = 0;
|
||||
char *p = (char *) tar_hdr;
|
||||
char *q = p + TARRECORDSIZE;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
while (p < tar_hdr->chksum)
|
||||
sum += *p++ & 0xff;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sum += ' ';
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (p < q)
|
||||
sum += *p++ & 0xff;
|
||||
return sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write out header FILE_HDR, including the file name, to file
|
||||
descriptor OUT_DES. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
write_out_tar_header (file_hdr, out_des)
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
|
||||
int out_des;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int name_len;
|
||||
union tar_record tar_rec;
|
||||
struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) &tar_rec;
|
||||
|
||||
bzero ((char *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* process_copy_out must ensure that file_hdr->c_name is short enough,
|
||||
or we will lose here. */
|
||||
|
||||
name_len = strlen (file_hdr->c_name);
|
||||
if (name_len <= TARNAMESIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
strncpy (tar_hdr->name, file_hdr->c_name, name_len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Fit as much as we can into `name', the rest into `prefix'. */
|
||||
char *suffix = file_hdr->c_name + name_len - TARNAMESIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We have to put the boundary at a slash. */
|
||||
name_len = TARNAMESIZE;
|
||||
while (*suffix != '/')
|
||||
{
|
||||
--name_len;
|
||||
++suffix;
|
||||
}
|
||||
strncpy (tar_hdr->name, suffix + 1, name_len);
|
||||
strncpy (tar_hdr->prefix, file_hdr->c_name, suffix - file_hdr->c_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* SVR4 seems to want the whole mode, not just protection modes.
|
||||
Nobody else seems to care, so we might as well put it all in. */
|
||||
to_oct (file_hdr->c_mode, 8, tar_hdr->mode);
|
||||
to_oct (file_hdr->c_uid, 8, tar_hdr->uid);
|
||||
to_oct (file_hdr->c_gid, 8, tar_hdr->gid);
|
||||
to_oct (file_hdr->c_filesize, 12, tar_hdr->size);
|
||||
to_oct (file_hdr->c_mtime, 12, tar_hdr->mtime);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case CP_IFREG:
|
||||
if (file_hdr->c_tar_linkname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* process_copy_out makes sure that c_tar_linkname is shorter
|
||||
than TARLINKNAMESIZE. */
|
||||
strncpy (tar_hdr->linkname, file_hdr->c_tar_linkname,
|
||||
TARLINKNAMESIZE);
|
||||
tar_hdr->typeflag = LNKTYPE;
|
||||
to_oct (0, 12, tar_hdr->size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
tar_hdr->typeflag = REGTYPE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CP_IFDIR:
|
||||
tar_hdr->typeflag = DIRTYPE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
case CP_IFCHR:
|
||||
tar_hdr->typeflag = CHRTYPE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CP_IFBLK:
|
||||
tar_hdr->typeflag = BLKTYPE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFIFO
|
||||
case CP_IFIFO:
|
||||
tar_hdr->typeflag = FIFOTYPE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* CP_IFIFO */
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFLNK
|
||||
case CP_IFLNK:
|
||||
tar_hdr->typeflag = SYMTYPE;
|
||||
/* process_copy_out makes sure that c_tar_linkname is shorter
|
||||
than TARLINKNAMESIZE. */
|
||||
strncpy (tar_hdr->linkname, file_hdr->c_tar_linkname,
|
||||
TARLINKNAMESIZE);
|
||||
to_oct (0, 12, tar_hdr->size);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* CP_IFLNK */
|
||||
#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_ustar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
strncpy (tar_hdr->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN);
|
||||
strncpy (tar_hdr->magic + TMAGLEN, TVERSION, TVERSLEN);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
name = getuser (file_hdr->c_uid);
|
||||
if (name)
|
||||
strcpy (tar_hdr->uname, name);
|
||||
name = getgroup (file_hdr->c_gid);
|
||||
if (name)
|
||||
strcpy (tar_hdr->gname, name);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
to_oct (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, 8, tar_hdr->devmajor);
|
||||
to_oct (file_hdr->c_rdev_min, 8, tar_hdr->devminor);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
to_oct (tar_checksum (tar_hdr), 8, tar_hdr->chksum);
|
||||
|
||||
tape_buffered_write ((char *) &tar_rec, out_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return nonzero iff all the bytes in BLOCK are NUL.
|
||||
SIZE is the number of bytes to check in BLOCK; it must be a
|
||||
multiple of sizeof (long). */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
null_block (block, size)
|
||||
long *block;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
{
|
||||
register long *p = block;
|
||||
register int i = size / sizeof (long);
|
||||
|
||||
while (i--)
|
||||
if (*p++)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read a tar header, including the file name, from file descriptor IN_DES
|
||||
into FILE_HDR. */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
read_in_tar_header (file_hdr, in_des)
|
||||
struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
|
||||
int in_des;
|
||||
{
|
||||
long bytes_skipped = 0;
|
||||
int warned = FALSE;
|
||||
union tar_record tar_rec;
|
||||
struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) &tar_rec;
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
uid_t *uidp;
|
||||
gid_t *gidp;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
tape_buffered_read ((char *) &tar_rec, in_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for a block of 0's. */
|
||||
if (null_block ((long *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/* Found one block of 512 0's. If the next block is also all 0's
|
||||
then this is the end of the archive. If not, assume the
|
||||
previous block was all corruption and continue reading
|
||||
the archive. */
|
||||
/* Commented out because GNU tar sometimes creates archives with
|
||||
only one block of 0's at the end. This happened for the
|
||||
cpio 2.0 distribution! */
|
||||
tape_buffered_read ((char *) &tar_rec, in_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
|
||||
if (null_block ((long *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
file_hdr->c_name = "TRAILER!!!";
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
bytes_skipped = TARRECORDSIZE;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
otoa (tar_hdr->chksum, &file_hdr->c_chksum);
|
||||
|
||||
if (file_hdr->c_chksum != tar_checksum (tar_hdr))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the checksum is bad, skip 1 byte and try again. When
|
||||
we try again we do not look for an EOF record (all zeros),
|
||||
because when we start skipping bytes in a corrupted archive
|
||||
the chances are pretty good that we might stumble across
|
||||
2 blocks of 512 zeros (that probably is not really the last
|
||||
record) and it is better to miss the EOF and give the user
|
||||
a "premature EOF" error than to give up too soon on a corrupted
|
||||
archive. */
|
||||
if (!warned)
|
||||
{
|
||||
error (0, 0, "invalid header: checksum error");
|
||||
warned = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bcopy (((char *) &tar_rec) + 1, (char *) &tar_rec,
|
||||
TARRECORDSIZE - 1);
|
||||
tape_buffered_read (((char *) &tar_rec) + (TARRECORDSIZE - 1), in_des, 1);
|
||||
++bytes_skipped;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_format != arf_ustar)
|
||||
file_hdr->c_name = stash_tar_filename (NULL, tar_hdr->name);
|
||||
else
|
||||
file_hdr->c_name = stash_tar_filename (tar_hdr->prefix, tar_hdr->name);
|
||||
file_hdr->c_nlink = 1;
|
||||
otoa (tar_hdr->mode, &file_hdr->c_mode);
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode = file_hdr->c_mode & 07777;
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_ustar
|
||||
&& (uidp = getuidbyname (tar_hdr->uname)))
|
||||
file_hdr->c_uid = *uidp;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
otoa (tar_hdr->uid, &file_hdr->c_uid);
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
if (archive_format == arf_ustar
|
||||
&& (gidp = getgidbyname (tar_hdr->gname)))
|
||||
file_hdr->c_gid = *gidp;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
otoa (tar_hdr->gid, &file_hdr->c_gid);
|
||||
otoa (tar_hdr->size, &file_hdr->c_filesize);
|
||||
otoa (tar_hdr->mtime, &file_hdr->c_mtime);
|
||||
otoa (tar_hdr->devmajor, (unsigned long *) &file_hdr->c_rdev_maj);
|
||||
otoa (tar_hdr->devminor, (unsigned long *) &file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
|
||||
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (tar_hdr->typeflag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case REGTYPE:
|
||||
case CONTTYPE: /* For now, punt. */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DIRTYPE:
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFDIR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#ifndef __MSDOS__
|
||||
case CHRTYPE:
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFCHR;
|
||||
/* If a POSIX tar header has a valid linkname it's always supposed
|
||||
to set typeflag to be LNKTYPE. System V.4 tar seems to
|
||||
be broken, and for device files with multiple links it
|
||||
puts the name of the link into linkname, but leaves typeflag
|
||||
as CHRTYPE, BLKTYPE, FIFOTYPE, etc. */
|
||||
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Does POSIX say that the filesize must be 0 for devices? We
|
||||
assume so, but HPUX's POSIX tar sets it to be 1 which causes
|
||||
us problems (when reading an archive we assume we can always
|
||||
skip to the next file by skipping filesize bytes). For
|
||||
now at least, it's easier to clear filesize for devices,
|
||||
rather than check everywhere we skip in copyin.c. */
|
||||
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case BLKTYPE:
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFBLK;
|
||||
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
|
||||
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFIFO
|
||||
case FIFOTYPE:
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFIFO;
|
||||
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
|
||||
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case SYMTYPE:
|
||||
#ifdef CP_IFLNK
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFLNK;
|
||||
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
|
||||
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
/* Else fall through. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case LNKTYPE:
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
|
||||
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
|
||||
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */
|
||||
case AREGTYPE:
|
||||
/* Old tar format; if the last char in filename is '/' then it is
|
||||
a directory, otherwise it's a regular file. */
|
||||
if (file_hdr->c_name[strlen (file_hdr->c_name) - 1] == '/')
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFDIR;
|
||||
else
|
||||
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (bytes_skipped > 0)
|
||||
error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Stash the tar linkname in static storage. */
|
||||
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
stash_tar_linkname (linkname)
|
||||
char *linkname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char hold_tar_linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
strncpy (hold_tar_linkname, linkname, TARLINKNAMESIZE);
|
||||
hold_tar_linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE] = '\0';
|
||||
return hold_tar_linkname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Stash the tar filename and optional prefix in static storage. */
|
||||
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
stash_tar_filename (prefix, filename)
|
||||
char *prefix;
|
||||
char *filename;
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char hold_tar_filename[TARNAMESIZE + TARPREFIXSIZE + 2];
|
||||
if (prefix == NULL || *prefix == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
strncpy (hold_tar_filename, filename, TARNAMESIZE);
|
||||
hold_tar_filename[TARNAMESIZE] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
strncpy (hold_tar_filename, prefix, TARPREFIXSIZE);
|
||||
hold_tar_filename[TARPREFIXSIZE] = '\0';
|
||||
strcat (hold_tar_filename, "/");
|
||||
strncat (hold_tar_filename, filename, TARNAMESIZE);
|
||||
hold_tar_filename[TARPREFIXSIZE + TARNAMESIZE] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
return hold_tar_filename;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert the string of octal digits S into a number and store
|
||||
it in *N. Return nonzero if the whole string was converted,
|
||||
zero if there was something after the number.
|
||||
Skip leading and trailing spaces. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
otoa (s, n)
|
||||
char *s;
|
||||
unsigned long *n;
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long val = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (*s == ' ')
|
||||
++s;
|
||||
while (*s >= '0' && *s <= '7')
|
||||
val = 8 * val + *s++ - '0';
|
||||
while (*s == ' ')
|
||||
++s;
|
||||
*n = val;
|
||||
return *s == '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert a number into a string of octal digits.
|
||||
Convert long VALUE into a DIGITS-digit field at WHERE,
|
||||
including a trailing space and room for a NUL. DIGITS==3 means
|
||||
1 digit, a space, and room for a NUL.
|
||||
|
||||
We assume the trailing NUL is already there and don't fill it in.
|
||||
This fact is used by start_header and finish_header, so don't change it!
|
||||
|
||||
This is be equivalent to:
|
||||
sprintf (where, "%*lo ", digits - 2, value);
|
||||
except that sprintf fills in the trailing NUL and we don't. */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
to_oct (value, digits, where)
|
||||
register long value;
|
||||
register int digits;
|
||||
register char *where;
|
||||
{
|
||||
--digits; /* Leave the trailing NUL slot alone. */
|
||||
where[--digits] = ' '; /* Put in the space, though. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Produce the digits -- at least one. */
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
where[--digits] = '0' + (char) (value & 7); /* One octal digit. */
|
||||
value >>= 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (digits > 0 && value != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add leading spaces, if necessary. */
|
||||
while (digits > 0)
|
||||
where[--digits] = ' ';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return
|
||||
2 if BUF is a valid POSIX tar header (the checksum is correct
|
||||
and it has the "ustar" magic string),
|
||||
1 if BUF is a valid old tar header (the checksum is correct),
|
||||
0 otherwise. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
is_tar_header (buf)
|
||||
char *buf;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) buf;
|
||||
unsigned long chksum;
|
||||
|
||||
otoa (tar_hdr->chksum, &chksum);
|
||||
|
||||
if (chksum != tar_checksum (tar_hdr))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* GNU tar 1.10 and previous set the magic field to be "ustar " instead
|
||||
of "ustar\0". Only look at the first 5 characters of the magic
|
||||
field so we can recognize old GNU tar ustar archives. */
|
||||
if (!strncmp (tar_hdr->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN - 1))
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return TRUE if the filename is too long to fit in a tar header.
|
||||
For old tar headers, if the filename's length is less than or equal
|
||||
to 100 then it will fit, otherwise it will not. For POSIX tar headers,
|
||||
if the filename's length is less than or equal to 100 then it
|
||||
will definitely fit, and if it is greater than 256 then it
|
||||
will definitely not fit. If the length is between 100 and 256,
|
||||
then the filename will fit only if it is possible to break it
|
||||
into a 155 character "prefix" and 100 character "name". There
|
||||
must be a slash between the "prefix" and the "name", although
|
||||
the slash is not stored or counted in either the "prefix" or
|
||||
the "name", and there must be at least one character in both
|
||||
the "prefix" and the "name". If it is not possible to break down
|
||||
the filename like this then it will not fit. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
is_tar_filename_too_long (name)
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int whole_name_len;
|
||||
int prefix_name_len;
|
||||
char *p;
|
||||
|
||||
whole_name_len = strlen (name);
|
||||
if (whole_name_len <= TARNAMESIZE)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (archive_format != arf_ustar)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (whole_name_len > TARNAMESIZE + TARPREFIXSIZE + 1)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* See whether we can split up the name into acceptably-sized
|
||||
`prefix' and `name' (`p') pieces. Start out by making `name'
|
||||
as big as possible, then shrink it by looking for the first '/'. */
|
||||
p = name + whole_name_len - TARNAMESIZE;
|
||||
while (*p != '/' && *p != '\0')
|
||||
++p;
|
||||
if (*p == '\0')
|
||||
/* The last component of the path is longer than TARNAMESIZE. */
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
prefix_name_len = p - name - 1;
|
||||
/* Interestingly, a name consisting of a slash followed by
|
||||
TARNAMESIZE characters can't be stored, because the prefix
|
||||
would be empty, and thus ignored. */
|
||||
if (prefix_name_len > TARPREFIXSIZE || prefix_name_len == 0)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Extended tar format from POSIX.1.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by David J. MacKenzie.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
|
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
|
||||
License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
|
||||
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
|
||||
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _TAR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define _TAR_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* A tar archive consists of 512-byte blocks.
|
||||
Each file in the archive has a header block followed by 0+ data blocks.
|
||||
Two blocks of NUL bytes indicate the end of the archive. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The fields of header blocks:
|
||||
All strings are stored as ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings.
|
||||
|
||||
Fields are numeric unless otherwise noted below; numbers are ISO 646
|
||||
representations of octal numbers, with leading zeros as needed.
|
||||
|
||||
linkname is only valid when typeflag==LNKTYPE. It doesn't use prefix;
|
||||
files that are links to pathnames >100 chars long can not be stored
|
||||
in a tar archive.
|
||||
|
||||
If typeflag=={LNKTYPE,SYMTYPE,DIRTYPE} then size must be 0.
|
||||
|
||||
devmajor and devminor are only valid for typeflag=={BLKTYPE,CHRTYPE}.
|
||||
|
||||
chksum contains the sum of all 512 bytes in the header block,
|
||||
treating each byte as an 8-bit unsigned value and treating the
|
||||
8 bytes of chksum as blank characters.
|
||||
|
||||
uname and gname are used in preference to uid and gid, if those
|
||||
names exist locally.
|
||||
|
||||
Field Name Byte Offset Length in Bytes Field Type
|
||||
name 0 100 NUL-terminated if NUL fits
|
||||
mode 100 8
|
||||
uid 108 8
|
||||
gid 116 8
|
||||
size 124 12
|
||||
mtime 136 12
|
||||
chksum 148 8
|
||||
typeflag 156 1 see below
|
||||
linkname 157 100 NUL-terminated if NUL fits
|
||||
magic 257 6 must be TMAGIC (NUL term.)
|
||||
version 263 2 must be TVERSION
|
||||
uname 265 32 NUL-terminated
|
||||
gname 297 32 NUL-terminated
|
||||
devmajor 329 8
|
||||
devminor 337 8
|
||||
prefix 345 155 NUL-terminated if NUL fits
|
||||
|
||||
If the first character of prefix is '\0', the file name is name;
|
||||
otherwise, it is prefix/name. Files whose pathnames don't fit in that
|
||||
length can not be stored in a tar archive. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The bits in mode: */
|
||||
#define TSUID 04000
|
||||
#define TSGID 02000
|
||||
#define TSVTX 01000
|
||||
#define TUREAD 00400
|
||||
#define TUWRITE 00200
|
||||
#define TUEXEC 00100
|
||||
#define TGREAD 00040
|
||||
#define TGWRITE 00020
|
||||
#define TGEXEC 00010
|
||||
#define TOREAD 00004
|
||||
#define TOWRITE 00002
|
||||
#define TOEXEC 00001
|
||||
|
||||
/* The values for typeflag:
|
||||
Values 'A'-'Z' are reserved for custom implementations.
|
||||
All other values are reserved for future POSIX.1 revisions. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define REGTYPE '0' /* Regular file (preferred code). */
|
||||
#define AREGTYPE '\0' /* Regular file (alternate code). */
|
||||
#define LNKTYPE '1' /* Hard link. */
|
||||
#define SYMTYPE '2' /* Symbolic link (hard if not supported). */
|
||||
#define CHRTYPE '3' /* Character special. */
|
||||
#define BLKTYPE '4' /* Block special. */
|
||||
#define DIRTYPE '5' /* Directory. */
|
||||
#define FIFOTYPE '6' /* Named pipe. */
|
||||
#define CONTTYPE '7' /* Contiguous file */
|
||||
/* (regular file if not supported). */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Contents of magic field and its length. */
|
||||
#define TMAGIC "ustar"
|
||||
#define TMAGLEN 6
|
||||
|
||||
/* Contents of the version field and its length. */
|
||||
#define TVERSION "00"
|
||||
#define TVERSLEN 2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* tar.h */
|
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Extended tar header from POSIX.1.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _TARHDR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define _TARHDR_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tar.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Size of `name' field. */
|
||||
#define TARNAMESIZE 100
|
||||
|
||||
/* Size of `linkname' field. */
|
||||
#define TARLINKNAMESIZE 100
|
||||
|
||||
/* Size of `prefix' field. */
|
||||
#define TARPREFIXSIZE 155
|
||||
|
||||
/* Size of entire tar header. */
|
||||
#define TARRECORDSIZE 512
|
||||
|
||||
struct tar_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
char name[TARNAMESIZE];
|
||||
char mode[8];
|
||||
char uid[8];
|
||||
char gid[8];
|
||||
char size[12];
|
||||
char mtime[12];
|
||||
char chksum[8];
|
||||
char typeflag;
|
||||
char linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE];
|
||||
char magic[6];
|
||||
char version[2];
|
||||
char uname[32];
|
||||
char gname[32];
|
||||
char devmajor[8];
|
||||
char devminor[8];
|
||||
char prefix[TARPREFIXSIZE];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
union tar_record
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tar_header header;
|
||||
char buffer[TARRECORDSIZE];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* tarhdr.h */
|
@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* tcexparg.c - Unix-style command line wildcards for Turbo C 2.0
|
||||
|
||||
This file is in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
Compile your main program with -Dmain=_main and link with this file.
|
||||
|
||||
After that, it is just as if the operating system had expanded the
|
||||
arguments, except that they are not sorted. The program name and all
|
||||
arguments that are expanded from wildcards are lowercased.
|
||||
|
||||
Syntax for wildcards:
|
||||
* Matches zero or more of any character (except a '.' at
|
||||
the beginning of a name).
|
||||
? Matches any single character.
|
||||
[r3z] Matches 'r', '3', or 'z'.
|
||||
[a-d] Matches a single character in the range 'a' through 'd'.
|
||||
[!a-d] Matches any single character except a character in the
|
||||
range 'a' through 'd'.
|
||||
|
||||
The period between the filename root and its extension need not be
|
||||
given explicitly. Thus, the pattern `a*e' will match 'abacus.exe'
|
||||
and 'axyz.e' as well as 'apple'. Comparisons are not case sensitive.
|
||||
|
||||
Authors:
|
||||
The expargs code is a modification of wildcard expansion code
|
||||
written for Turbo C 1.0 by
|
||||
Richard Hargrove
|
||||
Texas Instruments, Inc.
|
||||
P.O. Box 869305, m/s 8473
|
||||
Plano, Texas 75086
|
||||
214/575-4128
|
||||
and posted to USENET in September, 1987.
|
||||
|
||||
The wild_match code was written by Rich Salz, rsalz@bbn.com,
|
||||
posted to net.sources in November, 1986.
|
||||
|
||||
The code connecting the two is by Mike Slomin, bellcore!lcuxa!mike2,
|
||||
posted to comp.sys.ibm.pc in November, 1988.
|
||||
|
||||
Major performance enhancements and bug fixes, and source cleanup,
|
||||
by David MacKenzie, djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <dos.h>
|
||||
#include <dir.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of new arguments to allocate space for at a time. */
|
||||
#define ARGS_INCREMENT 10
|
||||
|
||||
/* The name this program was run with, for error messages. */
|
||||
static char *program_name;
|
||||
|
||||
static char **grow_argv (char **new_argv, int new_argc);
|
||||
static void fatal_error (const char *message);
|
||||
|
||||
int wild_match (char *string, char *pattern);
|
||||
char *basename (char *path);
|
||||
|
||||
char **expargs (int *, char **);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef main
|
||||
#undef main
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main (int argc, char **argv, char **envp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
argv = expargs (&argc, argv);
|
||||
return _main (argc, argv, envp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char **
|
||||
expargs (int *pargc, char **argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char path[MAXPATH + 1];
|
||||
char **new_argv;
|
||||
struct ffblk block;
|
||||
char *path_base;
|
||||
char *arg_base;
|
||||
int argind;
|
||||
int new_argc;
|
||||
int path_length;
|
||||
int matched;
|
||||
|
||||
program_name = argv[0];
|
||||
if (program_name && *program_name)
|
||||
strlwr (program_name);
|
||||
new_argv = grow_argv (NULL, 0);
|
||||
new_argv[0] = argv[0];
|
||||
new_argc = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (argind = 1; argind < *pargc; ++argind)
|
||||
{
|
||||
matched = 0;
|
||||
if (strpbrk (argv[argind], "?*[") != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
strncpy (path, argv[argind], MAXPATH - 3);
|
||||
path_base = basename (path);
|
||||
strcpy (path_base, "*.*");
|
||||
arg_base = argv[argind] + (path_base - path);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!findfirst (path, &block, FA_DIREC))
|
||||
{
|
||||
strlwr (path);
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Only match "." and ".." explicitly. */
|
||||
if (*block.ff_name == '.' && *arg_base != '.')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
path_length = stpcpy (path_base, block.ff_name) - path + 1;
|
||||
strlwr (path_base);
|
||||
if (wild_match (path, argv[argind]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
matched = 1;
|
||||
new_argv[new_argc] = (char *) malloc (path_length);
|
||||
if (new_argv[new_argc] == NULL)
|
||||
fatal_error ("memory exhausted");
|
||||
strcpy (new_argv[new_argc++], path);
|
||||
new_argv = grow_argv (new_argv, new_argc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (!findnext (&block));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (matched == 0)
|
||||
new_argv[new_argc++] = argv[argind];
|
||||
new_argv = grow_argv (new_argv, new_argc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*pargc = new_argc;
|
||||
new_argv[new_argc] = NULL;
|
||||
return &new_argv[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to the last element of PATH. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
basename (char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *tail;
|
||||
|
||||
for (tail = path; *path; ++path)
|
||||
if (*path == ':' || *path == '\\')
|
||||
tail = path + 1;
|
||||
return tail;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static char **
|
||||
grow_argv (char **new_argv, int new_argc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (new_argc % ARGS_INCREMENT == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
new_argv = (char **) realloc
|
||||
(new_argv, sizeof (char *) * (new_argc + ARGS_INCREMENT));
|
||||
if (new_argv == NULL)
|
||||
fatal_error ("memory exhausted");
|
||||
}
|
||||
return new_argv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
fatal_error (const char *message)
|
||||
{
|
||||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
if (program_name && *program_name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs (program_name, stderr);
|
||||
fputs (": ", stderr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fputs (message, stderr);
|
||||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||||
exit (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Shell-style pattern matching for ?, \, [], and * characters.
|
||||
I'm putting this replacement in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Rich $alz, mirror!rs, Wed Nov 26 19:03:17 EST 1986. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The character that inverts a character class; '!' or '^'. */
|
||||
#define INVERT '!'
|
||||
|
||||
static int star (char *string, char *pattern);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return nonzero if `string' matches Unix-style wildcard pattern
|
||||
`pattern'; zero if not. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
wild_match (char *string, char *pattern)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int prev; /* Previous character in character class. */
|
||||
int matched; /* If 1, character class has been matched. */
|
||||
int reverse; /* If 1, character class is inverted. */
|
||||
|
||||
for (; *pattern; string++, pattern++)
|
||||
switch (*pattern)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '\\':
|
||||
/* Literal match with following character; fall through. */
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (*string != *pattern)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
case '?':
|
||||
/* Match anything. */
|
||||
if (*string == '\0')
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
case '*':
|
||||
/* Trailing star matches everything. */
|
||||
return *++pattern ? star (string, pattern) : 1;
|
||||
case '[':
|
||||
/* Check for inverse character class. */
|
||||
reverse = pattern[1] == INVERT;
|
||||
if (reverse)
|
||||
pattern++;
|
||||
for (prev = 256, matched = 0; *++pattern && *pattern != ']';
|
||||
prev = *pattern)
|
||||
if (*pattern == '-'
|
||||
? *string <= *++pattern && *string >= prev
|
||||
: *string == *pattern)
|
||||
matched = 1;
|
||||
if (matched == reverse)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return *string == '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
star (char *string, char *pattern)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (wild_match (string, pattern) == 0)
|
||||
if (*++string == '\0')
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* userspec.c -- Parse a user and group string.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
|
||||
#include <alloca.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <pwd.h>
|
||||
#include <grp.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#ifndef index
|
||||
#define index strchr
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
|
||||
struct passwd *getpwnam ();
|
||||
struct group *getgrnam ();
|
||||
struct group *getgrgid ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE
|
||||
#define endpwent()
|
||||
#define endgrent()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perform the equivalent of the statement `dest = strdup (src);',
|
||||
but obtaining storage via alloca instead of from the heap. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define V_STRDUP(dest, src) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
int _len = strlen ((src)); \
|
||||
(dest) = (char *) alloca (_len + 1); \
|
||||
strcpy (dest, src); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define isdigit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
|
||||
|
||||
char *strdup ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return nonzero if STR represents an unsigned decimal integer,
|
||||
otherwise return 0. */
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
isnumber (str)
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (; *str; str++)
|
||||
if (!isdigit (*str))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extract from NAME, which has the form "[user][:.][group]",
|
||||
a USERNAME, UID U, GROUPNAME, and GID G.
|
||||
Either user or group, or both, must be present.
|
||||
If the group is omitted but the ":" or "." separator is given,
|
||||
use the given user's login group.
|
||||
|
||||
USERNAME and GROUPNAME will be in newly malloc'd memory.
|
||||
Either one might be NULL instead, indicating that it was not
|
||||
given and the corresponding numeric ID was left unchanged.
|
||||
|
||||
Return NULL if successful, a static error message string if not. */
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
parse_user_spec (spec_arg, uid, gid, username_arg, groupname_arg)
|
||||
const char *spec_arg;
|
||||
uid_t *uid;
|
||||
gid_t *gid;
|
||||
char **username_arg, **groupname_arg;
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const char *tired = "virtual memory exhausted";
|
||||
const char *error_msg;
|
||||
char *spec; /* A copy we can write on. */
|
||||
struct passwd *pwd;
|
||||
struct group *grp;
|
||||
char *g, *u, *separator;
|
||||
char *groupname;
|
||||
|
||||
error_msg = NULL;
|
||||
*username_arg = *groupname_arg = NULL;
|
||||
groupname = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
V_STRDUP (spec, spec_arg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find the separator if there is one. */
|
||||
separator = index (spec, ':');
|
||||
if (separator == NULL)
|
||||
separator = index (spec, '.');
|
||||
|
||||
/* Replace separator with a NUL. */
|
||||
if (separator != NULL)
|
||||
*separator = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set U and G to non-zero length strings corresponding to user and
|
||||
group specifiers or to NULL. */
|
||||
u = (*spec == '\0' ? NULL : spec);
|
||||
|
||||
g = (separator == NULL || *(separator + 1) == '\0'
|
||||
? NULL
|
||||
: separator + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (u == NULL && g == NULL)
|
||||
return "can not omit both user and group";
|
||||
|
||||
if (u != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pwd = getpwnam (u);
|
||||
if (pwd == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (!isnumber (u))
|
||||
error_msg = "invalid user";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
int use_login_group;
|
||||
use_login_group = (separator != NULL && g == NULL);
|
||||
if (use_login_group)
|
||||
error_msg = "cannot get the login group of a numeric UID";
|
||||
else
|
||||
*uid = atoi (u);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*uid = pwd->pw_uid;
|
||||
if (g == NULL && separator != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* A separator was given, but a group was not specified,
|
||||
so get the login group. */
|
||||
*gid = pwd->pw_gid;
|
||||
grp = getgrgid (pwd->pw_gid);
|
||||
if (grp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This is enough room to hold the unsigned decimal
|
||||
representation of any 32-bit quantity and the trailing
|
||||
zero byte. */
|
||||
char uint_buf[21];
|
||||
sprintf (uint_buf, "%u", (unsigned) (pwd->pw_gid));
|
||||
V_STRDUP (groupname, uint_buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
V_STRDUP (groupname, grp->gr_name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
endgrent ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
endpwent ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (g != NULL && error_msg == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Explicit group. */
|
||||
grp = getgrnam (g);
|
||||
if (grp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!isnumber (g))
|
||||
error_msg = "invalid group";
|
||||
else
|
||||
*gid = atoi (g);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
*gid = grp->gr_gid;
|
||||
endgrent (); /* Save a file descriptor. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (error_msg == NULL)
|
||||
V_STRDUP (groupname, g);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (error_msg == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (u != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*username_arg = strdup (u);
|
||||
if (*username_arg == NULL)
|
||||
error_msg = tired;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (groupname != NULL && error_msg == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*groupname_arg = strdup (groupname);
|
||||
if (*groupname_arg == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*username_arg != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (*username_arg);
|
||||
*username_arg = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
error_msg = tired;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return error_msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TEST
|
||||
|
||||
#define NULL_CHECK(s) ((s) == NULL ? "(null)" : (s))
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *e;
|
||||
char *username, *groupname;
|
||||
uid_t uid;
|
||||
gid_t gid;
|
||||
char *tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = strdup (argv[i]);
|
||||
e = parse_user_spec (tmp, &uid, &gid, &username, &groupname);
|
||||
free (tmp);
|
||||
printf ("%s: %u %u %s %s %s\n",
|
||||
argv[i],
|
||||
(unsigned int) uid,
|
||||
(unsigned int) gid,
|
||||
NULL_CHECK (username),
|
||||
NULL_CHECK (groupname),
|
||||
NULL_CHECK (e));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
1343
contrib/cpio/util.c
1343
contrib/cpio/util.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* The version number of cpio and mt. */
|
||||
char *version_string = "version 2.4.2\n";
|
@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
#define VOID void
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define VOID char
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
VOID *malloc ();
|
||||
VOID *realloc ();
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
|
||||
The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
|
||||
#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
|
||||
The caller may set it to some other value. */
|
||||
int xmalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__ && (HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT)
|
||||
void error (int, int, const char *, ...);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void error ();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static VOID *
|
||||
fixup_null_alloc (n)
|
||||
size_t n;
|
||||
{
|
||||
VOID *p;
|
||||
|
||||
p = 0;
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
p = malloc ((size_t) 1);
|
||||
if (p == 0)
|
||||
error (xmalloc_exit_failure, 0, gettext ("Memory exhausted"));
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */
|
||||
|
||||
VOID *
|
||||
xmalloc (n)
|
||||
size_t n;
|
||||
{
|
||||
VOID *p;
|
||||
|
||||
p = malloc (n);
|
||||
if (p == 0)
|
||||
p = fixup_null_alloc (n);
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
|
||||
with error checking.
|
||||
If P is NULL, run xmalloc. */
|
||||
|
||||
VOID *
|
||||
xrealloc (p, n)
|
||||
VOID *p;
|
||||
size_t n;
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p == 0)
|
||||
return xmalloc (n);
|
||||
p = realloc (p, n);
|
||||
if (p == 0)
|
||||
p = fixup_null_alloc (n);
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
char *xmalloc ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING. */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
xstrdup (string)
|
||||
char *string;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string);
|
||||
}
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user